patch 8.1.2393: using old C style comments

Problem:    Using old C style comments.
Solution:   Use // comments where appropriate.

.cirrus.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+env:
+  CIRRUS_CLONE_DEPTH: 3
+  FEATURES: huge
+
+freebsd_12_task:
+  freebsd_instance:
+    image: freebsd-12-1-release-amd64
+  install_script:
+    pkg install -y gettext
+  build_script:
+    - NPROC=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
+    - ./configure --with-features=${FEATURES}
+    - make -j${NPROC}
+    - src/vim --version
+  test_script:
+    # Runtime Indent tests do not work, run only the normal test suite
+    - cd src && make test

.gitattributes

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+src/testdir/test42.in diff

.gitignore

@@ -77,6 +77,7 @@ src/testdir/messages
 src/testdir/viminfo
 src/testdir/opt_test.vim
 runtime/indent/testdir/*.out
+runtime/indent/testdir/*.fail
 src/memfile_test
 src/json_test
 src/message_test

.travis.yml

@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ anchors:
       - do_test() { "$@"; }
 
   coverage: &coverage
-    - ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b "${SRCDIR}" -x .xs -e "${SRCDIR}"/if_perl.c -e "${SRCDIR}"/xxd -e "${SRCDIR}"/libvterm --encodings utf-8 latin-1 EUC-KR
+    - ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b "${SRCDIR}" -x .xs -e "${SRCDIR}"/if_perl.c -e "${SRCDIR}"/xxd -e "${SRCDIR}"/libvterm --encodings utf-8
     - (cd "${SRCDIR}" && bash <(curl -s https://codecov.io/bash))
 
   asan_symbolize: &asan_symbolize
@@ -142,12 +142,11 @@ script:
       "${SRCDIR}"/vim --not-a-term -u NONE -S "${SRCDIR}"/testdir/if_ver-2.vim -c quit > /dev/null
       cat if_ver.txt
     fi
-  - |
-    if do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST}; then
-      echo -en "travis_fold:end:test\\r\\033[0K"
-    else
-      exit 1
-    fi
+  - >
+    do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST} &&
+    make -C runtime/doc vimtags VIMEXE=../../"${SRCDIR}"/vim &&
+    FOLD_MARKER=travis_fold
+  - echo -en "${FOLD_MARKER}:end:test\\r\\033[0K"
 
 
 # instead of a 2*2*8 matrix (2*os + 2*compiler + 8*env),

CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -65,6 +65,9 @@ If the maintainer does not respond, contact the vim-dev maillist.
 
 # Translations
 
+Translations of this CONTRIBUTING file:
+[Korean](https://github.com/cjw1359/opensource/blob/master/Vim/CONTRIBUTING_ko.md)
+
 Translating messages and runtime files is very much appreciated!  These things
 can be translated:
 *   Messages in Vim, see [src/po/README.txt][1]

Filelist

@@ -4,9 +4,11 @@
 # source files for all source archives
 SRC_ALL =	\
 		.gitignore \
+		.gitattributes \
 		.hgignore \
 		.lgtm.yml \
 		.travis.yml \
+		.cirrus.yml \
 		appveyor.yml \
 		ci/appveyor.bat \
 		src/Make_all.mak \
@@ -21,9 +23,11 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/blob.c \
 		src/blowfish.c \
 		src/buffer.c \
+		src/bufwrite.c \
 		src/change.c \
 		src/channel.c \
 		src/charset.c \
+		src/cindent.c \
 		src/cmdexpand.c \
 		src/cmdhist.c \
 		src/crypt.c \
@@ -32,9 +36,14 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/dict.c \
 		src/diff.c \
 		src/digraph.c \
+		src/drawline.c \
+		src/drawscreen.c \
 		src/edit.c \
 		src/eval.c \
+		src/evalbuffer.c \
 		src/evalfunc.c \
+		src/evalvars.c \
+		src/evalwindow.c \
 		src/ex_cmdidxs.h \
 		src/ex_cmds.c \
 		src/ex_cmds.h \
@@ -44,6 +53,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/ex_getln.c \
 		src/feature.h \
 		src/fileio.c \
+		src/filepath.c \
 		src/findfile.c \
 		src/fold.c \
 		src/getchar.c \
@@ -74,6 +84,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/message_test.c \
 		src/misc1.c \
 		src/misc2.c \
+		src/mouse.c \
 		src/move.c \
 		src/mysign \
 		src/nbdebug.c \
@@ -83,13 +94,18 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/ops.c \
 		src/option.c \
 		src/option.h \
-		src/popupmnu.c \
+		src/optiondefs.h \
+		src/optionstr.c \
+		src/popupmenu.c \
 		src/popupwin.c \
 		src/profiler.c \
 		src/quickfix.c \
 		src/regexp.c \
+		src/regexp_bt.c \
 		src/regexp_nfa.c \
 		src/regexp.h \
+		src/register.c \
+		src/scriptfile.c \
 		src/screen.c \
 		src/search.c \
 		src/session.c \
@@ -99,6 +115,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/spell.c \
 		src/spell.h \
 		src/spellfile.c \
+		src/spellsuggest.c \
 		src/structs.h \
 		src/syntax.c \
 		src/tag.c \
@@ -173,9 +190,11 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/blob.pro \
 		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
 		src/proto/buffer.pro \
+		src/proto/bufwrite.pro \
 		src/proto/change.pro \
 		src/proto/channel.pro \
 		src/proto/charset.pro \
+		src/proto/cindent.pro \
 		src/proto/cmdexpand.pro \
 		src/proto/cmdhist.pro \
 		src/proto/crypt.pro \
@@ -184,15 +203,21 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/dict.pro \
 		src/proto/diff.pro \
 		src/proto/digraph.pro \
+		src/proto/drawline.pro \
+		src/proto/drawscreen.pro \
 		src/proto/edit.pro \
 		src/proto/eval.pro \
+		src/proto/evalbuffer.pro \
 		src/proto/evalfunc.pro \
+		src/proto/evalvars.pro \
+		src/proto/evalwindow.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_cmds.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_cmds2.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_docmd.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_eval.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_getln.pro \
 		src/proto/fileio.pro \
+		src/proto/filepath.pro \
 		src/proto/findfile.pro \
 		src/proto/fold.pro \
 		src/proto/getchar.pro \
@@ -215,16 +240,20 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/message.pro \
 		src/proto/misc1.pro \
 		src/proto/misc2.pro \
+		src/proto/mouse.pro \
 		src/proto/move.pro \
 		src/proto/netbeans.pro \
 		src/proto/normal.pro \
 		src/proto/ops.pro \
 		src/proto/option.pro \
-		src/proto/popupmnu.pro \
+		src/proto/optionstr.pro \
+		src/proto/popupmenu.pro \
 		src/proto/popupwin.pro \
 		src/proto/profiler.pro \
 		src/proto/quickfix.pro \
 		src/proto/regexp.pro \
+		src/proto/register.pro \
+		src/proto/scriptfile.pro \
 		src/proto/screen.pro \
 		src/proto/search.pro \
 		src/proto/session.pro \
@@ -233,6 +262,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/sound.pro \
 		src/proto/spell.pro \
 		src/proto/spellfile.pro \
+		src/proto/spellsuggest.pro \
 		src/proto/syntax.pro \
 		src/proto/tag.pro \
 		src/proto/term.pro \
@@ -255,9 +285,6 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/README \
 		src/libvterm/tbl2inc_c.pl \
 		src/libvterm/vterm.pc.in \
-		src/libvterm/bin/unterm.c \
-		src/libvterm/bin/vterm-ctrl.c \
-		src/libvterm/bin/vterm-dump.c \
 		src/libvterm/doc/URLs \
 		src/libvterm/doc/seqs.txt \
 		src/libvterm/include/vterm.h \
@@ -272,7 +299,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/src/parser.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/pen.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/rect.h \
-		src/libvterm/src/termscreen.c \
+		src/libvterm/src/screen.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/state.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/unicode.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/utf8.h \
@@ -372,7 +399,6 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/gui_xmebwp.h \
 		src/gui_x11.c \
 		src/gui_x11_pm.h \
-		src/hangulin.c \
 		src/if_xcmdsrv.c \
 		src/link.sh \
 		src/installman.sh \
@@ -392,7 +418,6 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/proto/gui_motif.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_xmdlg.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_x11.pro \
-		src/proto/hangulin.pro \
 		src/proto/if_xcmdsrv.pro \
 		src/proto/os_unix.pro \
 		src/proto/pty.pro \
@@ -493,7 +518,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/testdir/Make_dos.mak \
 		src/testdir/Make_ming.mak \
 		src/testdir/dos.vim \
-		src/uninstal.c \
+		src/uninstall.c \
 		src/vim.def \
 		src/vim.rc \
 		src/vimio.h \
@@ -508,7 +533,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		nsis/gvim_version.nsh \
 		nsis/README.txt \
 		nsis/lang/*.nsi \
-		uninstal.txt \
+		uninstall.txt \
 		src/VisVim/Commands.cpp \
 		src/VisVim/Commands.h \
 		src/VisVim/DSAddIn.cpp \
@@ -634,6 +659,7 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/doc/*.txt \
 		runtime/doc/Makefile \
 		runtime/doc/doctags.c \
+		runtime/doc/doctags.vim \
 		runtime/doc/test_urls.vim \
 		runtime/doc/vim.1 \
 		runtime/doc/evim.1 \
@@ -828,7 +854,7 @@ BIN_AMI =	\
 # files for DOS binary (also in extra archive)
 BIN_DOS =	\
 		README_bindos.txt \
-		uninstal.txt \
+		uninstall.txt \
 
 # files for Win32 OLE binary (also in extra archive)
 BIN_OLE =	\

Makefile

@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 #           xxd/xxd.exe to xxdw32.exe
 #           vim.pdb to vimw32.pdb
 #           install.exe to installw32.exe
-#           uninstal.exe to uninstalw32.exe
+#           uninstall.exe to uninstallw32.exe
 # Win32 GUI version build:
 # - > cd src
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 # - move "gvim.exe" to here (otherwise the OLE version will overwrite it).
 # - Move gvim.pdb to here.
 # - Copy "GvimExt/gvimext.dll" to here.
-# - Delete vimrun.exe, install.exe and uninstal.exe.
+# - Delete vimrun.exe, install.exe and uninstall.exe.
 # Win32 GUI version with OLE, PERL, Ruby, TCL, PYTHON and dynamic IME:
 # - Install the interfaces you want, see src/INSTALLpc.txt
 #   Adjust bigvim.bat to match the version of each interface you want.
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 #   - check the output.
 # - Rename "gvim.exe" to "gvim_ole.exe".
 # - Rename gvim.pdb to "gvim_ole.pdb".
-# - Delete install.exe and uninstal.exe.
+# - Delete install.exe and uninstall.exe.
 # Create the archives:
 # - Copy all the "*.exe" files to where this Makefile is.
 # - Copy all the "*.pdb" files to where this Makefile is.
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 # NSIS self installing exe:
 # - To get NSIS see http://nsis.sourceforge.net
 # - Make sure gvim_ole.exe, vimw32.exe, installw32.exe,
-#   uninstalw32.exe, teew32.exe and xxdw32.exe have been build as mentioned
+#   uninstallw32.exe, teew32.exe and xxdw32.exe have been build as mentioned
 #   above.
 # - copy these files (get them from a binary archive or build them):
 #	gvimext.dll in src/GvimExt
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ dosbin_gvim: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_GVIM)
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp vimrun.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimrun.exe
 	cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
-	cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
+	cp uninstallw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstall.exe
 	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/GvimExt32
 	cp gvimext.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/GvimExt32/gvimext.dll
 	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/GvimExt64
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ dosbin_w32: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32)
 	cp teew32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/tee.exe
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
-	cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
+	cp uninstallw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstall.exe
 	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z vim$(VERSION)w32.zip vim <$(COMMENT_W32)
 	cp vimw32.pdb dist/vim$(VERSION)w32.pdb
 
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ dosbin_ole: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_OLE)
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp vimrun.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimrun.exe
 	cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
-	cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
+	cp uninstallw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstall.exe
 	cp gvimext.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvimext.dll
 	cp README_ole.txt dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
 	cp src/VisVim/VisVim.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/VisVim.dll

README.md

@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
 ![Vim Logo](https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/vimlogo.gif)
 
-[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim)
+[![Travis Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim)
 [![Appveyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/o2qht2kjm02sgghk?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim)
+[![Cirrus Build Status](https://api.cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim.svg)](https://cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim)
 [![Coverage Status](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim/coverage.svg?branch=master)](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim?branch=master)
 [![Coverity Scan](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/vim)
 [![Language Grade: C/C++](https://img.shields.io/lgtm/grade/cpp/g/vim/vim.svg?logo=lgtm&logoWidth=18)](https://lgtm.com/projects/g/vim/vim/context:cpp)
 [![Debian CI](https://badges.debian.net/badges/debian/testing/vim/version.svg)](https://buildd.debian.org/vim)
 [![Packages](https://repology.org/badge/tiny-repos/vim.svg)](https://repology.org/metapackage/vim)
+For translations of this README see the end.
 
 
 ## What is Vim? ##
@@ -29,7 +31,6 @@ almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very
 difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga
 DOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
 
-
 ## Distribution ##
 
 You can often use your favorite package manager to install Vim.  On Mac and
@@ -141,3 +142,8 @@ Send any other comments, patches, flowers and suggestions to:
 
 
 This is `README.md` for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+
+
+## Translations of this README ##
+
+[Korean](https://github.com/cjw1359/opensource/blob/master/Vim/README_ko.md)

READMEdir/README_os390.txt

@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ Getting the source to z/OS:
 
 First get the source code in one big tar file and ftp it a binary to z/OS. If
 the tar file is initially compressed with gzip (tar.gz) or bzip2 (tar.bz2)
-uncompress it on your PC, as this tools are (most likely) not available on the
-mainframe.
+uncompress it on your PC, as these tools are (most likely) not available on
+the mainframe.
 
 To reduce the size of the tar file you might compress it into a zip file. On
 z/OS Unix you might have the command "jar" from java to uncompress a zip. Use:
@@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ WARNING: This instruction was not tested with Vim 7.4 or later.
 
 There are two ways for building VIM with X11 support. The first way is simple
 and results in a big executable (~13 Mb), the second needs a few additional
-steps and results in a much smaller executable (~4.5 Mb). This examples assume
-you want Motif.
+steps and results in a much smaller executable (~4.5 Mb). These examples
+assume you want Motif.
 
   The easy way:
     $ export CC=cc

nsis/README.txt

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ To build the installable .exe:
 	gvim.exe (the OLE version),
 	vimrun.exe,
 	install.exe,
-	uninstal.exe,
+	uninstall.exe,
 	tee/tee.exe,
 	xxd/xxd.exe,
 

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -341,13 +341,13 @@ Section "$(str_section_exe)" id_section_exe
 	File ${VIMSRC}\vim${BIT}.dll
 !endif
 	File /oname=install.exe ${VIMSRC}\installw32.exe
-	File /oname=uninstal.exe ${VIMSRC}\uninstalw32.exe
+	File /oname=uninstall.exe ${VIMSRC}\uninstallw32.exe
 	File ${VIMSRC}\vimrun.exe
 	File /oname=tee.exe ${VIMSRC}\teew32.exe
 	File /oname=xxd.exe ${VIMSRC}\xxdw32.exe
 	File ..\vimtutor.bat
 	File ..\README.txt
-	File ..\uninstal.txt
+	File ..\uninstall.txt
 	File ${VIMRT}\*.vim
 	File ${VIMRT}\rgb.txt
 
@@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ Section "un.$(str_unsection_register)" id_unsection_register
 
 	# delete the context menu entry and batch files
 	DetailPrint "$(str_msg_unregistering)"
-	nsExec::Exec "$0\uninstal.exe -nsis"
+	nsExec::Exec "$0\uninstall.exe -nsis"
 	Pop $3
 
 	# We may have been put to the background when uninstall did something.

nsis/lang/serbian.nsi

@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+# vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 et fdm=marker:
+#
+# serbian.nsi: Serbian language strings for gvim NSIS installer.
+#
+# Locale ID    : 3098
+# fileencoding : UTF-8
+# Author       : Ivan Pešić
+
+!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "Српски"
+
+
+# Overwrite the default translation.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+        "$(^Name) Setup"
+LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+        "$(^Name) Uninstall"
+
+##############################################################################
+# MUI Configuration Strings                                               {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_dest_folder          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Destination Folder (Must end with $\"vim$\")"
+
+LangString str_show_readme          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Прикажи ПРОЧИТАЈМЕ када се заврши инсталација"
+
+# Install types:
+LangString str_type_typical         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Типична"
+
+LangString str_type_minimal         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Минимална"
+
+LangString str_type_full            ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Пуна"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Section Titles & Description                                            {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_section_old_ver      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклањање постојећ(е/их) верзиј(е/а)"
+LangString str_desc_old_ver         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклања постојећ(у/е) Vim верзииј(у/е) из вашег система."
+
+LangString str_section_exe          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Vim ГКИ и фајлови потребни за извршавање"
+LangString str_desc_exe             ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Vim ГКИ извршни фајлови и фајлови потребни током извршавања. Ова компонента је неопходна."
+
+LangString str_section_console      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Vim конзолни програм"
+LangString str_desc_console         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Конзолна верзија програма Vim (vim.exe)."
+
+LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креирај .bat фајлове"
+LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира у Windows директоријуму .bat фајлове за Vim варијанте \
+     у циљу коришћења из командне линије."
+
+LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креирај иконе за Vim"
+LangString str_desc_icons           ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира иконе за Vim на различитим местима, како би се олакшао приступ."
+
+LangString str_section_desktop      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "На радној површини"
+LangString str_desc_desktop         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира иконе за gVim извршне фајлове на радној површини."
+
+LangString str_section_start_menu   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "У фасцикли Програми унутар Старт менија"
+LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Додаје Vim у фолдер Програми Старт менија."
+
+#LangString str_section_quick_launch ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "In the Quick Launch Bar"
+#LangString str_desc_quick_launch    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Add Vim shortcut in the quick launch bar."
+
+LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Додај Vim контекстни мени"
+LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Додаје Vim у $\"Отвори помоћу...$\" листу контекстног менија."
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with32  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "32-bit Version"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with32     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Add Vim to the $\"Open With...$\" context menu list \
+#     for 32-bit applications."
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with64  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "64-bit Version"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with64     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Add Vim to the $\"Open With...$\" context menu list \
+#     for 64-bit applications."
+
+LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креирај Подразумевану конфигурацију"
+LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира подразумевани конфиг фајл (_vimrc) ако неки већ не постоји."
+
+LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира директоријуме додатака"
+LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира директоријуме додатака. Ови директоријуми омогућавају проширење програма Vim \
+     убацивањем фајла у директоријум."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Приватне"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира директоријуме додатака у HOME директоријуму."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Дељене"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира директоријуме додатака у Vim инсталационом директоријуму, користе их сви \
+     на систему."
+
+LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "VisVim проширење"
+LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "VisVim проширење за Microsoft Visual Studio интеграцију."
+
+LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Подршка за домаћи језик"
+LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Инсталира фајлове за домаћу језичку подршку."
+
+LangString str_unsection_register   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Поништи регистрацију Vim"
+LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Поништава регистрацију програма Vim на систему."
+
+LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклони Vim извршне фајлове/фајлове потребне у време извршавања"
+LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклања све Vim извршне фајлове и оне потребне у време извршавања."
+
+LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Укони директоријуме додатака"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклања директоријуме додатака ако су празни."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Приватне"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклања директоријуме додатака из HOME директоријума."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Дељене"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклања директоријуме додатака из Vim инсталациониг директоријума."
+
+LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклони Vim корени директоријум"
+LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклања Vim корени директоријум. Он садржи ваше Vim конфигурационе фајлове!"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Messages                                                                {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_msg_too_many_ver  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Found $vim_old_ver_count Vim versions on your system.$\r$\n\
+#     This installer can only handle ${VIM_MAX_OLD_VER} versions \
+#     at most.$\r$\n\
+#     Please remove some versions and start again."
+
+#LangString str_msg_invalid_root  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Invalid install path: $vim_install_root!$\r$\n\
+#     It should end with $\"vim$\"."
+
+#LangString str_msg_bin_mismatch  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Binary path mismatch!$\r$\n$\r$\n\
+#     Expect the binary path to be $\"$vim_bin_path$\",$\r$\n\
+#     but system indicates the binary path is $\"$INSTDIR$\"."
+
+#LangString str_msg_vim_running   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Vim is still running on your system.$\r$\n\
+#     Please close all instances of Vim before you continue."
+
+#LangString str_msg_register_ole  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Attempting to register Vim with OLE. \
+#     There is no message indicates whether this works or not."
+
+#LangString str_msg_unreg_ole     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Attempting to unregister Vim with OLE. \
+#     There is no message indicates whether this works or not."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_start      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Uninstalling the following version:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_fail       ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Fail to uninstall the following version:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_key     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Cannot find uninstaller registry key."
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_reg     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Cannot find uninstaller from registry."
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_exe     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Cannot access uninstaller."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_copy_fail  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Fail to copy uninstaller to temporary directory."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_run_fail   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Fail to run uninstaller."
+
+#LangString str_msg_abort_install ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Installer will abort."
+
+LangString str_msg_install_fail  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Инсталација није успела. Више среће идући пут."
+
+LangString str_msg_rm_exe_fail   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Неки фајлови у $0 нису обрисани!$\r$\n\
+     Морате то ручно да обавите."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_root_fail  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "WARNING: Cannot remove $\"$vim_install_root$\", it is not empty!"
+
+LangString str_msg_uninstalling  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклањање старе верзије..."
+
+LangString str_msg_registering   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Регистровање..."
+
+LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Поништавање регистрације..."
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Dialog Box                                                              {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Изаберите _vimrc подешавања"
+LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Изаберите подешавања за побољшања, тастатуру и миша."
+
+LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    " Vi / Vim понашање "
+LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "&Компатибилност и побољшања"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Vi компатибилно"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Vim оригинално"
+LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Vim са неким побољшањима (учитава defaults.vim)"
+LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Vim са свим побољшањима (учитава vimrc_example.vim) (Подразумевано)"
+
+LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    " Мапирања "
+LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "&Ремапира неколико тастера за Windows (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, итд.)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Немој да ремапираш тастере (Подразумевано)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Ремапира неколико тастера"
+
+LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    " Миш "
+LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "&Понашање левог и десног тастера"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Десни: искачући мени, Леви: визуелни режим (Подразумевано)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Десни: искачући мени, Леви: режим избора (Windows)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Десни: проширује избор, Леви: визуелни режим (Unix)"

nsis/lang/simpchinese.nsi

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 #
 # Locale ID    : 2052
 # fileencoding : UTF-8
-# Author       : Guopeng Wen
+# Author       : Guopeng Wen, David Liu
 
 !insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "SimpChinese"
 
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
 LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "私有插件目录"
 LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Create plugin directories in HOME directory."
+    "在主目录创建私有插件目录。"
 
 LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "公共插件目录"
@@ -141,14 +141,14 @@ LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "删除 Vim 的所有执行文件及脚本。"
 
 LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remove plugin directories"
+    "移除插件目录"
 LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remove the plugin directories if they are empty."
+    "移除插件目录（如果目录为空）。"
 
 LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "私有插件目录"
 LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remove the plugin directories from HOME directory."
+    "从主目录中移除私有插件目录。"
 
 LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "公共插件目录"
@@ -241,37 +241,37 @@ LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
 LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "设置 _vimrc"
 LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "选择键盘、鼠标和增强选项。"
+    "选择键盘、鼠标和扩展设置。"
 
 LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "Vi / Vim 行为"
 LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "&Compatibility and enhancements"
+    "兼容性与扩展(&B)"
 LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Vi compatible"
+    "原始 Vi"
 LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Vim original"
+    "原始 Vim"
 LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Vim with some enhancements (load defaults.vim)"
+    "Vim 原始版本和部分扩展 (加载 defaults.vim)"
 LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Vim with all enhancements (load vimrc_example.vim) (Default)"
+    "Vim 原始版本和所有扩展 (加载 vimrc_example.vim) (缺省)"
 
 LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "键盘映射"
 LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "&Remap a few keys for Windows (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, etc)"
+    "为 Windows 映射按键(&R) (例如:Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F 等)"
 LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Do not remap keys (Default)"
+    "不映射按键 (缺省)"
 LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remap a few keys"
+    "映射一些按键"
 
 LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "鼠标"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "&Behavior of right and left buttons"
+    "左键和右键行为(&B)"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Right: popup menu, Left: visual mode (Default)"
+    "右键：弹出菜单, 左键：可视化模式 (缺省)"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Right: popup menu, Left: select mode (Windows)"
+    "右键：弹出菜单, 左键:选择模式 (Windows)"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Right: extends selection, Left: visual mode (Unix)"
+    "右键： 扩展选择, 左键：可视化模式 (Unix)"

nsis/lang/turkish.nsi

@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+# turkish.nsi: Turkish language strings for gvim NSIS installer.
+# fileencoding : UTF-8
+# Author       : Emir SARI
+
+!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "Turkish"
+
+# Overwrite the default translation.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+        "$(^Name) Setup"
+LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+        "$(^Name) Uninstall"
+        
+LangString str_show_readme          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Kurulum bittikten sonra README dosyasını aç"
+
+# Install types:
+LangString str_type_typical         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Normal"
+
+LangString str_type_minimal         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Küçük"
+
+LangString str_type_full            ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Tam"
+    
+##############################################################################
+# Section Titles & Description                                            {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_section_old_ver      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eski sürümü kaldır"
+LangString str_desc_old_ver         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim'in eski sürümünü sisteminizden kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_section_exe          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim grafik arabirimi ve çalışma dosyaları"
+LangString str_desc_exe             ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim program başlatıcı ve çalışma dosyaları. Bu bileşen zorunludur."
+
+LangString str_section_console      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim konsol sürümü"
+LangString str_desc_console         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim'in konsol sürümü (vim.exe)."
+
+LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    ".bat dosyaları oluştur"
+LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim için komut satırında kullanmak üzere .bat dosyaları oluşturur"
+
+LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim için kısayollar oluştur"
+LangString str_desc_icons           ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Kolay erişim için Vim kısayolları oluşturur."
+
+LangString str_section_desktop      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Masaüstünde"
+LangString str_desc_desktop         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "gVim programı için Masaüstünde kısayol oluşturur."
+
+LangString str_section_start_menu   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Başlat Menüsü - Programlar klasöründe"
+LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim kısayolunu Başlat Menüsüne ekler."
+    
+LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim ile Aç"
+LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim'i $\"Birlikte aç$\" sağ tıklama menüsüne ekler."
+    
+ LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Bir konfigürasyon dosyası oluştur"
+LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eğer yoksa bir konfigürasyon dosyası (_vimrc) oluşturur."
+
+LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinleri oluştur"
+LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Bu dizinlere Vim eklentilerini yerleştirerek Vim'e yeni \
+     özellikler kazandırabilirsiniz."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Gizli"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini EV dizininde oluşturur."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Paylaşılan"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini Vim yükleme dizininde oluşturur. Bu eklentilerden \
+     bilgisayarın tüm kullanıcıları yararlanabilir."
+
+LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "VisVim eklentisi"
+LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Microsoft Visual Studio entegrasyonu için VisVim eklentisi" 
+
+LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Ek dil desteği"
+LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Mevcut olan Vim yerelleştirmelerini yükler."
+
+LangString str_unsection_register   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim kaydını kaldır"
+LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim'in bu bilgisayardaki kaydını kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim programını ve çalıştırma dosyalarını kaldır"
+LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Tüm Vim çalıştırılabilir dosyalarını ve diğer dosyaları kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini kaldır"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini eğer boş ise kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Gizli"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini EV dizininden kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Paylaşılan"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini Vim yükleme dizininden kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim kök dizinini kaldır"
+LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim kök dizinini kaldırır. Bu dizin Vim konfigürasyon dosyalarını içerir!"
+    
+ LangString str_msg_install_fail  ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Yükleme başarısız oldu. Yeniden deneyin."
+
+LangString str_msg_rm_exe_fail   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "$0 içindeki bazı dosyalar silinemedi!$\r$\n\
+     Bu dosyaları el ile kaldırmalısınız."
+     
+ LangString str_msg_uninstalling  ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eski sürüm kaldırılıyor..."
+
+LangString str_msg_registering   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Kaydediliyor..."
+
+LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Kayıt siliniyor..."
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Dialog Box                                                              {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "_vimrc ayarlarını seçin"
+LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Yüklenecek ek özellikler, klavye ve fare için ayarları seçin."
+
+LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    " Vi / Vim davranışı "
+LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "&Uyumluluk ve ek özellikler"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vi uyumlu"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim orijinal"
+LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim ve ek olarak bazı ek özellikler (load defaults.vim)"
+LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim ve ek olarak tüm ek özellikler (load vimrc_example.vim) (Default)"
+
+LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    " Klavye İşlevleri "
+LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "&Windows için bazı düğmeleri yeniden ayarla (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, etc)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Düğme işlevlerini değiştirme (varsayılan)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Bazı düğmeleri yeniden ayarla"
+
+LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    " Fare İşlevleri "
+LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "&Sağ ve sol düğme davranışı"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Sağ: açılır menü, Sol: Görsel Kip (varsayılan)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Sağ: açılır menü, Sol: seçim kipi (Windows)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Sağ: seçimi genişlet, Sol: Görsel Kip (Unix)"

runtime/autoload/haskellcomplete.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:        Haskell
 " Maintainer:      Daniel Campoverde <alx@sillybytes.net>
 " URL:             https://github.com/alx741/haskellcomplete.vim
-" Last Change:     2018 Aug 26
+" Last Change:     2019 May 14
 
 " Usage:           setlocal omnifunc=haskellcomplete#Complete
 
@@ -63,6 +63,7 @@ function! haskellcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                     call add(l:matches, extension)
                 endif
             endfor
+            let b:completingLangExtension = 0
             return l:matches
         endif
 
@@ -78,6 +79,7 @@ function! haskellcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                     call add(l:matches, flag)
                 endif
             endfor
+            let b:completingOptionsGHC = 0
             return l:matches
         endif
 
@@ -93,6 +95,7 @@ function! haskellcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                     call add(l:matches, module)
                 endif
             endfor
+            let b:completingModule = 0
             return l:matches
         endif
 

runtime/autoload/htmlcomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	HTML and XHTML
 " Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
-" Last Change:	2014 Jun 20
+" Last Change:	2019 Sep 27
 
 " Distinguish between HTML versions.
 " To use with other HTML versions add another "elseif" condition to match
@@ -245,7 +245,8 @@ function! htmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
 	" If context contains white space it is attribute.
 	" It can be also value of attribute.
 	" We have to get first word to offer proper completions
-	if context == ''
+	if context =~ '^\s*$'
+		" empty or whitespace line
 		let tag = ''
 	else
 		let tag = split(context)[0]

runtime/autoload/netrw.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " netrw.vim: Handles file transfer and remote directory listing across
 "            AUTOLOAD SECTION
-" Date:		Jul 16, 2019
-" Version:	165
+" Date:		Nov 29, 2019
+" Version:	167
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1075 1 :AutoInstall: netrw.vim
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2016 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
@@ -13,6 +13,10 @@
 "               expressed or implied. By using this plugin, you agree that
 "               in no event will the copyright holder be liable for any damages
 "               resulting from the use of this software.
+"
+" Note: the code here was started in 1999 under a much earlier version of vim.  The directory browsing
+"       code was written using vim v6, which did not have Lists (Lists were first offered with vim-v7).
+"
 "redraw!|call DechoSep()|call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
 "
 "  But be doers of the Word, and not only hearers, deluding your own selves {{{1
@@ -39,7 +43,7 @@ if exists("s:needspatches")
  endfor
 endif
 
-let g:loaded_netrw = "v165"
+let g:loaded_netrw = "v167"
 if !exists("s:NOTE")
  let s:NOTE    = 0
  let s:WARNING = 1
@@ -232,12 +236,12 @@ if !exists("g:netrw_ftp_options")
  let g:netrw_ftp_options= "-i -n"
 endif
 if !exists("g:netrw_http_cmd")
- if executable("curl")
-  let g:netrw_http_cmd	= "curl"
-  call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_http_xcmd","-L -o")
- elseif executable("wget")
+ if executable("wget")
   let g:netrw_http_cmd	= "wget"
   call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_http_xcmd","-q -O")
+ elseif executable("curl")
+  let g:netrw_http_cmd	= "curl"
+  call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_http_xcmd","-L -o")
  elseif executable("elinks")
   let g:netrw_http_cmd = "elinks"
   call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_http_xcmd","-source >")
@@ -689,6 +693,7 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
 
   " save registers
   if has("clipboard")
+"   call Decho("(netrw#Explore) save @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    sil! let keepregstar = @*
    sil! let keepregplus = @+
   endif
@@ -916,8 +921,9 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
      if !exists("w:netrw_explore_list") " sanity check
       NetrwKeepj call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"using Nexplore or <s-down> improperly; see help for netrw-starstar",40)
       if has("clipboard")
-       sil! let @* = keepregstar
-       sil! let @+ = keepregplus
+"       call Decho("(netrw#Explore) restore @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+       if @* != keepregstar | sil! let @* = keepregstar | endif
+       if @+ != keepregplus | sil! let @+ = keepregplus | endif
       endif
       sil! let @/ = keepregslash
 "      call Dret("netrw#Explore")
@@ -941,8 +947,9 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
      if !exists("w:netrw_explore_list") " sanity check
       NetrwKeepj call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"using Pexplore or <s-up> improperly; see help for netrw-starstar",41)
       if has("clipboard")
-       sil! let @* = keepregstar
-       sil! let @+ = keepregplus
+"       call Decho("(netrw#Explore) restore @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+       if @* != keepregstar | sil! let @* = keepregstar | endif
+       if @+ != keepregplus | sil! let @+ = keepregplus | endif
       endif
       sil! let @/ = keepregslash
 "      call Dret("netrw#Explore")
@@ -996,8 +1003,9 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
        keepalt call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,'no files matched pattern<'.pattern.'>',45)
        if &hls | let keepregslash= s:ExplorePatHls(pattern) | endif
        if has("clipboard")
-	sil! let @* = keepregstar
-	sil! let @+ = keepregplus
+"        call Decho("(netrw#Explore) restore @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+        if @* != keepregstar | sil! let @* = keepregstar | endif
+        if @+ != keepregplus | sil! let @+ = keepregplus | endif
        endif
        sil! let @/ = keepregslash
 "       call Dret("netrw#Explore : no files matched pattern")
@@ -1032,8 +1040,9 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
      if w:netrw_explore_listlen == 0 || (w:netrw_explore_listlen == 1 && w:netrw_explore_list[0] =~ '\*\*\/')
       keepalt NetrwKeepj call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"no files matched",42)
       if has("clipboard")
-       sil! let @* = keepregstar
-       sil! let @+ = keepregplus
+"       call Decho("(netrw#Explore) restore @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+        if @* != keepregstar | sil! let @* = keepregstar | endif
+        if @+ != keepregplus | sil! let @+ = keepregplus | endif
       endif
       sil! let @/ = keepregslash
 "      call Dret("netrw#Explore : no files matched")
@@ -1080,8 +1089,9 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
      keepalt NetrwKeepj call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"your vim needs the +path_extra feature for Exploring with **!",44)
     endif
     if has("clipboard")
-     sil! let @* = keepregstar
-     sil! let @+ = keepregplus
+"     call Decho("(netrw#Explore) restore @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+      if @* != keepregstar | sil! let @* = keepregstar | endif
+      if @+ != keepregplus | sil! let @+ = keepregplus | endif
     endif
     sil! let @/ = keepregslash
 "    call Dret("netrw#Explore : missing +path_extra")
@@ -1153,8 +1163,9 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
   " Consequently, set s:netrw_events to 2.
   let s:netrw_events= 2
   if has("clipboard")
-   sil! let @* = keepregstar
-   sil! let @+ = keepregplus
+"   call Decho("(netrw#Explore) restore @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   if @* != keepregstar | sil! let @* = keepregstar | endif
+   if @+ != keepregplus | sil! let @+ = keepregplus | endif
   endif
   sil! let @/ = keepregslash
 "  call Dret("netrw#Explore : @/<".@/.">")
@@ -1528,7 +1539,8 @@ fun! netrw#Obtain(islocal,fname,...)
     " -i       : turns off interactive prompting from ftp
     " -n  unix : DON'T use <.netrc>, even though it exists
     " -n  win32: quit being obnoxious about password
-    NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+    "  Note: using "_dd to delete to the black hole register; avoids messing up @@
+    NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
     call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".s:netrw_ftp_cmd." ".g:netrw_ftp_options)
     " If the result of the ftp operation isn't blank, show an error message (tnx to Doug Claar)
     if getline(1) !~ "^$"
@@ -1642,7 +1654,6 @@ fun! s:NetrwOptionsSave(vt)
   let {a:vt}netrw_cpokeep   = &l:cpo
   let {a:vt}netrw_diffkeep  = &l:diff
   let {a:vt}netrw_fenkeep   = &l:fen
-"  call Decho("saving current settings: got here#1",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if !exists("g:netrw_ffkeep") || g:netrw_ffkeep
    let {a:vt}netrw_ffkeep    = &l:ff
   endif
@@ -1661,7 +1672,6 @@ fun! s:NetrwOptionsSave(vt)
   let {a:vt}netrw_rokeep    = &l:ro
   let {a:vt}netrw_selkeep   = &l:sel
   let {a:vt}netrw_spellkeep = &l:spell
-"  call Decho("saving current settings: got here#2",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if !g:netrw_use_noswf
    let {a:vt}netrw_swfkeep  = &l:swf
   endif
@@ -1675,6 +1685,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwOptionsSave(vt)
 "  call Decho("saving a few selected netrw-related variables",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if g:netrw_keepdir
    let {a:vt}netrw_dirkeep  = getcwd()
+"   call Decho("saving to ".a:vt."netrw_dirkeep<".{a:vt}netrw_dirkeep.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   endif
   if has("clipboard")
    sil! let {a:vt}netrw_starkeep = @*
@@ -1745,6 +1756,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwOptionsRestore(vt)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NetrwOptionsRestore(vt<".a:vt.">) win#".winnr()." buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%")."> winnr($)=".winnr("$"))
 "  call Decho("settings buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%").">: ".((&l:ma == 0)? "no" : "")."ma ".((&l:mod == 0)? "no" : "")."mod ".((&l:bl == 0)? "no" : "")."bl ".((&l:ro == 0)? "no" : "")."ro fo=".&l:fo." a:vt=".a:vt,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if !exists("{a:vt}netrw_optionsave")
+"   call Decho("case ".a:vt."netrw_optionsave : doesn't exist",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Decho("settings buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%").">: ".((&l:ma == 0)? "no" : "")."ma ".((&l:mod == 0)? "no" : "")."mod ".((&l:bl == 0)? "no" : "")."bl ".((&l:ro == 0)? "no" : "")."ro fo=".&l:fo." a:vt=".a:vt,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Decho("ro=".&l:ro." ma=".&l:ma." mod=".&l:mod." wrap=".&l:wrap." (filename<".expand("%")."> win#".winnr()." ft<".&ft.">)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Dret("s:NetrwOptionsRestore : ".a:vt."netrw_optionsave doesn't exist")
@@ -1829,6 +1841,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwOptionsRestore(vt)
    endif
   endif
   if has("clipboard")
+"   call Decho("has clipboard",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    call s:NetrwRestoreSetting(a:vt."netrw_starkeep","@*")
    call s:NetrwRestoreSetting(a:vt."netrw_pluskeep","@+")
   endif
@@ -1890,7 +1903,7 @@ endfun
 "                        Used by s:NetrwOptionsRestore() to restore each netrw-senstive setting
 "                        keepvars are set up by s:NetrwOptionsSave
 fun! s:NetrwRestoreSetting(keepvar,setting)
-""  call Dfunc("s:NetrwRestoreSetting(a:keepvar<".a:keepvar."> a:setting<".a:setting.">)")
+"""  call Dfunc("s:NetrwRestoreSetting(a:keepvar<".a:keepvar."> a:setting<".a:setting.">)")
 
   " typically called from s:NetrwOptionsRestore
   "   call s:NetrwRestoreSettings(keep-option-variable-name,'associated-option')
@@ -1905,7 +1918,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwRestoreSetting(keepvar,setting)
 ""   call Decho("fyi: a:setting<".a:setting."> setting<".setting.">")
 
    if setting != keepvarval
-""    call Decho("restore setting<".a:setting."=".setting."> to keepvarval<".keepvarval.">")
+""    call Decho("restore setting<".a:setting."> (currently=".setting.") to keepvarval<".keepvarval.">")
     if type(a:setting) == 0
      exe "let ".a:setting."= ".keepvarval
     elseif type(a:setting) == 1
@@ -2195,7 +2208,7 @@ fun! netrw#NetRead(mode,...)
     " -i       : turns off interactive prompting from ftp
     " -n  unix : DON'T use <.netrc>, even though it exists
     " -n  win32: quit being obnoxious about password
-    NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+    NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
     call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".s:netrw_ftp_cmd." ".g:netrw_ftp_options)
     " If the result of the ftp operation isn't blank, show an error message (tnx to Doug Claar)
     if getline(1) !~ "^$"
@@ -2295,7 +2308,7 @@ fun! netrw#NetRead(mode,...)
      NetrwKeepj put ='quit'
 
      " perform cadaver operation:
-     NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+     NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
      call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".g:netrw_dav_cmd)
      keepj bd!
     endif
@@ -2611,7 +2624,7 @@ fun! netrw#NetWrite(...) range
     " -i       : turns off interactive prompting from ftp
     " -n  unix : DON'T use <.netrc>, even though it exists
     " -n  win32: quit being obnoxious about password
-    NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+    NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
     call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".s:netrw_ftp_cmd." ".g:netrw_ftp_options)
     " If the result of the ftp operation isn't blank, show an error message (tnx to Doug Claar)
     if getline(1) !~ "^$"
@@ -2677,7 +2690,7 @@ fun! netrw#NetWrite(...) range
     NetrwKeepj put ='put '.tmpfile.' '.netrw_fname
 
     " perform cadaver operation:
-    NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+    NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
     call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".g:netrw_dav_cmd)
 
     " remove enew buffer (quietly)
@@ -2863,7 +2876,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwGetFile(readcmd, tfile, method)
   " readcmd=='t': simply do nothing
   if a:readcmd == 't'
 "   call Decho(" ro=".&l:ro." ma=".&l:ma." mod=".&l:mod." wrap=".&l:wrap." (filename<".expand("%")."> win#".winnr()." ft<".&ft.">)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-"   call Dret("NetrwGetFile : skip read of <".a:tfile.">")
+"   call Dret("NetrwGetFile : skip read of tfile<".a:tfile.">")
    return
   endif
 
@@ -4359,7 +4372,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwGetWord()
    let curline= getline('.')
 
    if curline =~# '"\s*Sorted by\s'
-    NetrwKeepj norm! s
+    NetrwKeepj norm! "_s
     let s:netrw_skipbrowse= 1
     echo 'Pressing "s" also works'
 
@@ -5194,17 +5207,31 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowseUpDir(islocal)
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" netrw#BrowseX:  (implements "x") executes a special "viewer" script or program for the {{{2
+" netrw#BrowseX:  (implements "x" and "gx") executes a special "viewer" script or program for the {{{2
 "              given filename; typically this means given their extension.
 "              0=local, 1=remote
 fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
-"  call Dfunc("netrw#BrowseX(fname<".a:fname."> remote=".a:remote.")")
+  let use_ctrlo= 1
+"  call Dfunc("netrw#BrowseX(fname<".a:fname."> remote=".a:remote.")  implements x and gx maps")
 
-  " if its really just a local directory, then do a "gf" instead
-  if (a:remote == 0 && isdirectory(a:fname)) || (a:remote == 1 && a:fname =~ '/$' && a:fname !~ '^https\=:')
+  if a:remote == 0 && isdirectory(a:fname)
+   " if its really just a local directory, then do a "gf" instead
+"   call Decho("remote≡0 and a:fname<".a:fname."> ".(isdirectory(a:fname)? "is a directory" : "is not a directory"),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..appears to be a local directory; using gf instead",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    norm! gf
-"   call Dret("(netrw#BrowseX) did gf instead")
+"   call Dret("netrw#BrowseX")
+   return
+  elseif a:remote == 1 && a:fname !~ '^https\=:' && a:fname =~ '/$'
+   " remote directory, not a webpage access, looks like an attempt to do a directory listing
+"   call Decho("remote≡1 and a:fname<".a:fname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..and fname ".((a:fname =~ '^https\=:')? 'matches' : 'does not match').'^https\=:','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..and fname ".((a:fname =~ '/$')?        'matches' : 'does not match').' /$','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..appears to be a remote directory listing request; using gf instead",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   norm! gf
+"   call Dret("netrw#BrowseX")
+   return
   endif
+"  call Decho("not a local file nor a webpage request",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
   let ykeep      = @@
   let screenposn = winsaveview()
@@ -5302,10 +5329,9 @@ fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
   endif
 "  call Decho("set up redirection: redir{".redir."} srr{".&srr."}",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
-  " extract any viewing options.  Assumes that they're set apart by quotes.
-"  call Decho("extract any viewing options",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+  " extract any viewing options.  Assumes that they're set apart by spaces.
   if exists("g:netrw_browsex_viewer")
-"   call Decho("g:netrw_browsex_viewer<".g:netrw_browsex_viewer.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("extract any viewing options from g:netrw_browsex_viewer<".g:netrw_browsex_viewer.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if g:netrw_browsex_viewer =~ '\s'
     let viewer  = substitute(g:netrw_browsex_viewer,'\s.*$','','')
     let viewopt = substitute(g:netrw_browsex_viewer,'^\S\+\s*','','')." "
@@ -5328,16 +5354,16 @@ fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
   " execute the file handler
 "  call Decho("execute the file handler (if any)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if exists("g:netrw_browsex_viewer") && g:netrw_browsex_viewer == '-'
-"   call Decho("g:netrw_browsex_viewer<".g:netrw_browsex_viewer.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) g:netrw_browsex_viewer<".g:netrw_browsex_viewer.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let ret= netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
 
   elseif exists("g:netrw_browsex_viewer") && executable(viewer)
-"   call Decho("g:netrw_browsex_viewer<".g:netrw_browsex_viewer.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) g:netrw_browsex_viewer<".g:netrw_browsex_viewer.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    call s:NetrwExe("sil !".viewer." ".viewopt.s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir)
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("win32") || has("win64")
-"   call Decho("win".(has("win32")? "32" : "64")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) win".(has("win32")? "32" : "64"),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if executable("start")
     call s:NetrwExe('sil! !start rundll32 url.dll,FileProtocolHandler '.s:ShellEscape(fname,1))
    elseif executable("rundll32")
@@ -5345,56 +5371,68 @@ fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
    else
     call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"rundll32 not on path",74)
    endif
-   " call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("win32unix")
    let winfname= 'c:\cygwin'.substitute(fname,'/','\\','g')
-"   call Decho("cygwin: winfname<".s:ShellEscape(winfname,1).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) cygwin: winfname<".s:ShellEscape(winfname,1).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if executable("start")
+"    call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) win32unix+start",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     call s:NetrwExe('sil !start rundll32 url.dll,FileProtocolHandler '.s:ShellEscape(winfname,1))
    elseif executable("rundll32")
+"    call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) win32unix+rundll32",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     call s:NetrwExe('sil !rundll32 url.dll,FileProtocolHandler '.s:ShellEscape(winfname,1))
    elseif executable("cygstart")
+"    call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) win32unix+cygstart",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     call s:NetrwExe('sil !cygstart '.s:ShellEscape(fname,1))
    else
     call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"rundll32 not on path",74)
    endif
-   " call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("unix") && executable("kfmclient") && s:CheckIfKde()
-"   call Decho("unix and kfmclient",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix and kfmclient",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    call s:NetrwExe("sil !kfmclient exec ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1)." ".redir)
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("unix") && executable("exo-open") && executable("xdg-open") && executable("setsid")
-"   call Decho("unix, exo-open, xdg-open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix, exo-open, xdg-open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    call s:NetrwExe("sil !setsid xdg-open ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir)
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("unix") && $DESKTOP_SESSION == "mate" && executable("atril")
-"   call Decho("unix and atril",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-   call s:NetrwExe("sil !atril ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir)
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix and atril",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   if a:fname =~ '^https\=://'
+    " atril does not appear to understand how to handle html -- so use gvim to edit the document
+    let use_ctrlo= 0
+"    call Decho("(COMBAK) fname<".fname.">")
+"    call Decho("(COMBAK) a:fname<".a:fname.">")
+    call s:NetrwExe("sil! !gvim ".fname.' -c "keepj keepalt file '.fnameescape(a:fname).'"')
+
+   else
+    call s:NetrwExe("sil !atril ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir)
+   endif
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("unix") && executable("xdg-open")
-"   call Decho("unix and xdg-open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix and xdg-open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    call s:NetrwExe("sil !xdg-open ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir)
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("macunix") && executable("open")
-"   call Decho("macunix and open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) macunix and open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    call s:NetrwExe("sil !open ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1)." ".redir)
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   else
    " netrwFileHandlers#Invoke() always returns 0
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) use netrwFileHandlers",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let ret= netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
   endif
 
   " if unsuccessful, attempt netrwFileHandlers#Invoke()
   if ret
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) ret=".ret," indicates unsuccessful thus far",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let ret= netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
   endif
 
@@ -5416,8 +5454,9 @@ fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
    if g:netrw_use_noswf
     setl noswf
    endif
-   exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! \<c-o>"
-"   redraw!
+   if use_ctrlo
+    exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! \<c-o>"
+   endif
   endif
 "  call Decho("restoring posn to screenposn<".string(screenposn).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   call winrestview(screenposn)
@@ -5446,11 +5485,11 @@ endfun
 " netrw#BrowseXVis: used by gx in visual mode to select a file for browsing {{{2
 fun! netrw#BrowseXVis()
 "  call Dfunc("netrw#BrowseXVis()")
-  let atkeep = @@
-  norm! gvy
-"  call Decho("@@<".@@.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-  call netrw#BrowseX(@@,netrw#CheckIfRemote(@@))
-  let @@     = atkeep
+  let akeep = @a
+  norm! gv"ay
+  let gxfile= @a
+  let @a    = akeep
+  call netrw#BrowseX(gxfile,netrw#CheckIfRemote(gxfile))
 "  call Dret("netrw#BrowseXVis")
 endfun
 
@@ -6070,13 +6109,12 @@ fun! s:NetrwSLeftrelease(islocal)
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" s:NetrwListHide: uses [range]g~...~d to delete files that match comma {{{2
-" separated patterns given in g:netrw_list_hide
+" s:NetrwListHide: uses [range]g~...~d to delete files that match       {{{2
+"                  comma-separated patterns given in g:netrw_list_hide
 fun! s:NetrwListHide()
 "  call Dfunc("s:NetrwListHide() g:netrw_hide=".g:netrw_hide." g:netrw_list_hide<".g:netrw_list_hide.">")
 "  call Decho("initial: ".string(getline(w:netrw_bannercnt,'$')))
   let ykeep= @@
-"  call DechoBuf(bufnr("%"),"COMBAK#3")
 
   " find a character not in the "hide" string to use as a separator for :g and :v commands
   " How-it-works: take the hiding command, convert it into a range.
@@ -6085,8 +6123,8 @@ fun! s:NetrwListHide()
   " Use the first character left as a separator character.
 "  call Decho("find a character not in the hide string to use as a separator")
   let listhide= g:netrw_list_hide
-  let sep     = strpart(substitute('/~@#$%^&*{};:,<.>?|1234567890','['.escape(listhide,'-]^\').']','','ge'),1,1)
-"  call Decho("sep=".sep,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+  let sep     = strpart(substitute('~@#$%^&*{};:,<.>?|1234567890','['.escape(listhide,'-]^\').']','','ge'),1,1)
+"  call Decho("sep=".sep,"  (sep not in hide string)'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
   while listhide != ""
    if listhide =~ ','
@@ -6096,10 +6134,19 @@ fun! s:NetrwListHide()
     let hide     = listhide
     let listhide = ""
    endif
-"   call Decho("hide<".hide."> listhide<".listhide.'>','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..extracted from listhide: hide<".hide."> g:netrw_sort_by<".g:netrw_sort_by.'>','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   if g:netrw_sort_by =~ '^[ts]'
+    if hide =~ '^\^'
+"     call Decho("..modify hide to handle a \"^...\" pattern",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+     let hide= substitute(hide,'^\^','^\(\\d\\+/\)','')
+    elseif hide =~ '^\\(\^'
+     let hide= substitute(hide,'^\\(\^','\\(^\\(\\d\\+/\\)','')
+    endif
+"    call Decho("..hide<".hide."> listhide<".listhide.'>','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   endif
 
    " Prune the list by hiding any files which match
-"   call Decho("prune the list by hiding any files which ",((g:netrw_hide == 1)? "" : "don't")." match hide<".hide.">")
+"   call Decho("..prune the list by hiding any files which ",((g:netrw_hide == 1)? "" : "don't")." match hide<".hide.">")
    if g:netrw_hide == 1
 "    call Decho("..hiding<".hide.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g'.sep.hide.sep.'d'
@@ -6120,7 +6167,6 @@ fun! s:NetrwListHide()
   " remove any blank lines that have somehow remained.
   " This seems to happen under Windows.
   exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj 1,$g@^\s*$@d'
-"  call DechoBuf(bufnr("%"),"COMBAK#4")
 
   let @@= ykeep
 "  call Dret("s:NetrwListHide")
@@ -6328,7 +6374,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwMaps(islocal)
 
   " generate default <Plug> maps {{{3
   if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwHide')              |nmap <buffer> <silent> <nowait> a	<Plug>NetrwHide_a|endif
-  if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBrowseUpDir')       |nmap <buffer> <silent> <nowait> -	<Plug>NetrwBrowseUpDir |endif
+  if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBrowseUpDir')       |nmap <buffer> <silent> <nowait> -	<Plug>NetrwBrowseUpDir|endif
   if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwOpenFile')          |nmap <buffer> <silent> <nowait> %	<Plug>NetrwOpenFile|endif
   if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBadd_cb')           |nmap <buffer> <silent> <nowait> cb	<Plug>NetrwBadd_cb|endif
   if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBadd_cB')           |nmap <buffer> <silent> <nowait> cB	<Plug>NetrwBadd_cB|endif
@@ -6645,9 +6691,9 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFiles(islocal,...)
   while i <= a:0
    if a:islocal
     if v:version > 704 || (v:version == 704 && has("patch656"))
-     let mffiles= glob(fnameescape(a:{i}),0,1,1)
+     let mffiles= glob(a:{i},0,1,1)
     else
-     let mffiles= glob(fnameescape(a:{i}),0,1)
+     let mffiles= glob(a:{i},0,1)
     endif
    else
     let mffiles= [a:{i}]
@@ -6788,13 +6834,15 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFile(islocal,fname)
    if index(s:netrwmarkfilelist,dname) == -1
     " append new filename to global markfilelist
     call add(s:netrwmarkfilelist,s:ComposePath(b:netrw_curdir,a:fname))
-"    call Decho("append filename<".a:fname."> to global markfilelist<".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("append filename<".a:fname."> to global s:markfilelist<".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    else
     " remove new filename from global markfilelist
-"    call Decho("filter(".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).",'v:val != '.".dname.")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("remove new filename from global s:markfilelist",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("..filter(".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).",'v:val != '.".dname.")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     call filter(s:netrwmarkfilelist,'v:val != "'.dname.'"')
-"    call Decho("ending s:netrwmarkfilelist  <".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("..ending s:netrwmarkfilelist  <".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     if s:netrwmarkfilelist == []
+"     call Decho("s:netrwmarkfilelist is empty; unlet it",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
      unlet s:netrwmarkfilelist
     endif
    endif
@@ -6818,7 +6866,8 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFile(islocal,fname)
    endif
   endif
   let @@= ykeep
-"  call Dret("s:NetrwMarkFile : s:netrwmarkfilelist_".curbufnr."<".(exists("s:netrwmarkfilelist_{curbufnr}")? string(s:netrwmarkfilelist_{curbufnr}) : " doesn't exist").">")
+"  call Decho("s:netrwmarkfilelist[".(exists("s:netrwmarkfilelist")? string(s:netrwmarkfilelist) : "")."] (avail in all buffers)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"  call Dret("s:NetrwMarkFile : s:netrwmarkfilelist_".curbufnr."<".(exists("s:netrwmarkfilelist_{curbufnr}")? string(s:netrwmarkfilelist_{curbufnr}) : " doesn't exist").">  (buf#".curbufnr."list)")
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -7573,8 +7622,9 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFileGrep(islocal)
   let curdir   = s:NetrwGetCurdir(a:islocal)
 
   if exists("s:netrwmarkfilelist")
-"  call Decho("s:netrwmarkfilelist".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("using s:netrwmarkfilelist".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let netrwmarkfilelist= join(map(deepcopy(s:netrwmarkfilelist), "fnameescape(v:val)"))
+"   call Decho("keeping copy of s:netrwmarkfilelist in function-local variable,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))"
    call s:NetrwUnmarkAll()
   else
 "   call Decho('no marked files, using "*"','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
@@ -7582,6 +7632,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFileGrep(islocal)
   endif
 
   " ask user for pattern
+"  call Decho("ask user for search pattern",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   call inputsave()
   let pat= input("Enter pattern: ","")
   call inputrestore()
@@ -8694,7 +8745,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwUpload(fname,tgt,...)
      " -i       : turns off interactive prompting from ftp
      " -n  unix : DON'T use <.netrc>, even though it exists
      " -n  win32: quit being obnoxious about password
-     NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+     NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
      call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".s:netrw_ftp_cmd." ".g:netrw_ftp_options)
      " If the result of the ftp operation isn't blank, show an error message (tnx to Doug Claar)
      sil NetrwKeepj g/Local directory now/d
@@ -9532,12 +9583,14 @@ fun! s:NetrwWideListing()
    " fpl: filenames per line
    " fpc: filenames per column
    setl ma noro
+   let keepa= @a
 "   call Decho("setl ma noro",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let b:netrw_cpf= 0
    if line("$") >= w:netrw_bannercnt
     exe 'sil NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g/^./if virtcol("$") > b:netrw_cpf|let b:netrw_cpf= virtcol("$")|endif'
     NetrwKeepj call histdel("/",-1)
    else
+    let @a= keepa
 "    call Dret("NetrwWideListing")
     return
    endif
@@ -9560,6 +9613,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwWideListing()
    let newcolend   = newcolstart + fpc - 1
 "   call Decho("bannercnt=".w:netrw_bannercnt." fpl=".w:netrw_fpl." fpc=".fpc." newcol[".newcolstart.",".newcolend."]",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if has("clipboard")
+"    call Decho("(s:NetrwWideListing) save @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     sil! let keepregstar = @*
     sil! let keepregplus = @+
    endif
@@ -9568,16 +9622,17 @@ fun! s:NetrwWideListing()
     let newcolqty= newcolend - newcolstart
     exe newcolstart
     if newcolqty == 0
-     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>$hx".w:netrw_bannercnt."G$p"
+     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>$h\"ax".w:netrw_bannercnt."G$\"ap"
     else
-     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>".newcolqty.'j$hx'.w:netrw_bannercnt.'G$p'
+     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>".newcolqty.'j$h\"ax'.w:netrw_bannercnt.'G$\"ap'
     endif
     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj ".newcolstart.','.newcolend.'d _'
     exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt
    endwhile
    if has("clipboard")
-    sil! let @*= keepregstar
-    sil! let @+= keepregplus
+"    call Decho("(s:NetrwWideListing) restore @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+    if @* != keepregstar | sil! let @* = keepregstar | endif
+    if @+ != keepregplus | sil! let @+ = keepregplus | endif
    endif
    exe "sil! NetrwKeepj ".w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/\s\+$//e'
    NetrwKeepj call histdel("/",-1)
@@ -9585,6 +9640,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwWideListing()
    exe 'nno <buffer> <silent> b	:call search(''^.\\|\s\s\zs\S'',''bW'')'."\<cr>"
 "   call Decho("NetrwWideListing) setl noma nomod ro",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    exe "setl ".g:netrw_bufsettings
+    let @a= keepa
 "   call Decho("ro=".&l:ro." ma=".&l:ma." mod=".&l:mod." wrap=".&l:wrap." (filename<".expand("%")."> win#".winnr()." ft<".&ft.">)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Dret("NetrwWideListing")
    return
@@ -9782,6 +9838,7 @@ fun! s:PerformListing(islocal)
        exe 'sil NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$sort!'.' '.g:netrw_sort_options
       endif
      endif
+
      " remove priority pattern prefix
 "     call Decho("remove priority pattern prefix",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
      exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/^\d\{3}'.g:netrw_sepchr.'//e'
@@ -9820,6 +9877,7 @@ fun! s:PerformListing(islocal)
 "       call Decho('exe sil NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$sort!','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
        exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$sort!'.' '.g:netrw_sort_options
       endif
+"     call Decho("remove leading digits/ (sorting) information from listing",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
      exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/^\d\{-}\///e'
      NetrwKeepj call histdel("/",-1)
      endif
@@ -9882,6 +9940,7 @@ fun! s:PerformListing(islocal)
 "   call Decho("exe setl ts=".(g:netrw_maxfilenamelen+1),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    exe "setl ts=".(g:netrw_maxfilenamelen+1)
   endif
+"  call Decho("PerformListing buffer:",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "  call DechoBuf(bufnr("%"))
 
   if exists("s:treecurpos")
@@ -10849,7 +10908,6 @@ fun! s:LocalListing()
   for filename in filelist
 "   call Decho(" ",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Decho("for filename in filelist: filename<".filename.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-"   call DechoBuf(bufnr("%"),"COMBAK#1")
 
    if getftype(filename) == "link"
     " indicate a symbolic link
@@ -10907,10 +10965,10 @@ fun! s:LocalListing()
 
    if w:netrw_liststyle == s:LONGLIST
     let sz   = getfsize(filename)
+    let fsz  = strpart("               ",1,15-strlen(sz)).sz
     if g:netrw_sizestyle =~# "[hH]"
      let sz= s:NetrwHumanReadable(sz)
     endif
-    let fsz     = strpart("               ",1,15-strlen(sz)).sz
     let longfile= printf("%-".(g:netrw_maxfilenamelen+1)."s",pfile)
     let pfile   = longfile.fsz." ".strftime(g:netrw_timefmt,getftime(filename))
 "    call Decho("longlist support: sz=".sz." fsz=".fsz,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
@@ -10918,10 +10976,11 @@ fun! s:LocalListing()
 
    if     g:netrw_sort_by =~# "^t"
     " sort by time (handles time up to 1 quintillion seconds, US)
+    " Decorate listing by prepending a timestamp/  .  Sorting will then be done based on time.
 "    call Decho("getftime(".filename.")=".getftime(filename),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     let t  = getftime(filename)
     let ft = strpart("000000000000000000",1,18-strlen(t)).t
-"    call Decho("exe NetrwKeepj put ='".ft.'/'.filename."'",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("exe NetrwKeepj put ='".ft.'/'.pfile."'",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     let ftpfile= ft.'/'.pfile
     sil! NetrwKeepj put=ftpfile
 
@@ -10942,7 +11001,7 @@ fun! s:LocalListing()
 "    call Decho("exe NetrwKeepj put ='".pfile."'",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     sil! NetrwKeepj put=pfile
    endif
-"   call DechoBuf(bufnr("%"),"COMBAK#2")
+"   call DechoBuf(bufnr("%"),"bufnr(%)")
   endfor
 
   " cleanup any windows mess at end-of-line
@@ -11259,7 +11318,9 @@ fun! netrw#Expose(varname)
 "   call Dfunc("netrw#Expose(varname<".a:varname.">)")
   if exists("s:".a:varname)
    exe "let retval= s:".a:varname
+"   call Decho("retval=".retval,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if exists("g:netrw_pchk")
+"    call Decho("type(g:netrw_pchk=".g:netrw_pchk.")=".type(retval),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     if type(retval) == 3
      let retval = copy(retval)
      let i      = 0
@@ -11268,10 +11329,13 @@ fun! netrw#Expose(varname)
       let i        = i + 1
      endwhile
     endif
-"     call Dret("netrw#Expose ".string(retval))
+"     call Dret("netrw#Expose ".string(retval)),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     return string(retval)
+   else
+"    call Decho("g:netrw_pchk doesn't exist",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    endif
   else
+"   call Decho("s:".a:varname." doesn't exist",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let retval= "n/a"
   endif
 

runtime/autoload/netrw_gitignore.vim

@@ -18,61 +18,5 @@
 "               holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use
 "               of this software.
 function! netrw_gitignore#Hide(...)
-  let additional_files = a:000
-
-  let default_files = ['.gitignore', '.git/info/exclude']
-
-  " get existing global/system gitignore files
-  let global_gitignore = expand(substitute(system("git config --global core.excludesfile"), '\n', '', 'g'))
-  if global_gitignore !=# ''
-    let default_files = add(default_files, global_gitignore)
-  endif
-  let system_gitignore = expand(substitute(system("git config --system core.excludesfile"), '\n', '', 'g'))
-  if system_gitignore !=# ''
-    let default_files = add(default_files, system_gitignore)
-  endif
-
-  " append additional files if given as function arguments
-  if additional_files !=# []
-    let files = extend(default_files, additional_files)
-  else
-    let files = default_files
-  endif
-
-  " keep only existing/readable files
-  let gitignore_files = []
-  for file in files
-    if filereadable(file)
-      let gitignore_files = add(gitignore_files, file)
-    endif
-  endfor
-
-  " get contents of gitignore patterns from those files
-  let gitignore_lines = []
-  for file in gitignore_files
-    for line in readfile(file)
-      " filter empty lines and comments
-      if line !~# '^#' && line !~# '^$'
-        let gitignore_lines = add(gitignore_lines, line)
-      endif
-    endfor
-  endfor
-
-  " convert gitignore patterns to Netrw/Vim regex patterns
-  let escaped_lines = []
-  for line in gitignore_lines
-    let escaped = line
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\*\*', '*', 'g')
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\.', '\\.', 'g')
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\$', '\\$', 'g')
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '*', '.*', 'g')
-    " correction: dot, dollar and asterisks chars shouldn't be escaped when
-    " within regex matching groups.
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\(\[[^]]*\)\zs\\\.', '\.', 'g')
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\(\[[^]]*\)\zs\\\$', '\$', 'g')
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\(\[[^]]*\)\zs\.\*', '*', 'g')
-    let escaped_lines = add(escaped_lines, escaped)
-  endfor
-
-  return join(escaped_lines, ',')
+  return substitute(substitute(system('git ls-files --other --ignored --exclude-standard --directory'), '\n', ',', 'g'), ',$', '', '')
 endfunction

runtime/autoload/tohtml.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for the tohtml plugin.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2018 Nov 11
+" Last Change: 2019 Aug 16
 "
 " Additional contributors:
 "
@@ -364,6 +364,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   let body_line = ''
 
   let html = []
+  let s:html5 = 0
   if s:settings.use_xhtml
     call add(html, xml_line)
   endif
@@ -371,8 +372,9 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\">")
     call add(html, '<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">')
   elseif s:settings.use_css && !s:settings.no_pre
-    call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd\">")
+    call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE html>")
     call add(html, '<html>')
+    let s:html5 = 1
   else
     call add(html, '<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"')
     call add(html, '  "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">')
@@ -383,7 +385,11 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   " include encoding as close to the top as possible, but only if not already
   " contained in XML information
   if s:settings.encoding != "" && !s:settings.use_xhtml
-    call add(html, "<meta http-equiv=\"content-type\" content=\"text/html; charset=" . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
+    if s:html5
+      call add(html, '<meta charset="' . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
+    else
+      call add(html, "<meta http-equiv=\"content-type\" content=\"text/html; charset=" . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
+    endif
   endif
 
   call add(html, '<title>diff</title>')
@@ -392,6 +398,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   call add(html, '<meta name="settings" content="'.
 	\ join(filter(keys(s:settings),'s:settings[v:val]'),',').
 	\ ',prevent_copy='.s:settings.prevent_copy.
+	\ ',use_input_for_pc='.s:settings.use_input_for_pc.
 	\ '"'.tag_close)
   call add(html, '<meta name="colorscheme" content="'.
 	\ (exists('g:colors_name')
@@ -400,16 +407,8 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
 
   call add(html, '</head>')
   let body_line_num = len(html)
-  if !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
-    call add(html, "<body onload='FixCharWidth();".(s:settings.line_ids ? " JumpToLine();" : "")."'>")
-    call add(html, "<!-- hidden divs used by javascript to get the width of a char -->")
-    call add(html, "<div id='oneCharWidth'>0</div>")
-    call add(html, "<div id='oneInputWidth'><input size='1' value='0'".tag_close."</div>")
-    call add(html, "<div id='oneEmWidth' style='width: 1em;'></div>")
-  else
-    call add(html, '<body'.(s:settings.line_ids ? ' onload="JumpToLine();"' : '').'>')
-  endif
-  call add(html, "<table border='1' width='100%' id='vimCodeElement".s:settings.id_suffix."'>")
+  call add(html, '<body'.(s:settings.line_ids ? ' onload="JumpToLine();"' : '').'>')
+  call add(html, "<table ".(s:settings.use_css? "" : "border='1' width='100%' ")."id='vimCodeElement".s:settings.id_suffix."'>")
 
   call add(html, '<tr>')
   for buf in a:win_list
@@ -443,7 +442,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     " Grab the style information. Some of this will be duplicated so only insert
     " it if it's not already there. {{{
     1
-    let style_start = search('^<style type="text/css">')
+    let style_start = search('^<style\( type="text/css"\)\?>')
     1
     let style_end = search('^</style>')
     if style_start > 0 && style_end > 0
@@ -481,7 +480,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     " TODO: restore using grabbed lines if undolevel is 1?
     normal! 2u
     if s:settings.use_css
-      call add(html, '<td valign="top"><div>')
+      call add(html, '<td><div>')
     elseif s:settings.use_xhtml
       call add(html, '<td nowrap="nowrap" valign="top"><div>')
     else
@@ -515,7 +514,13 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     let name = substitute(name, '\d*\.x\?html$', '', '') . i . '.' . fnamemodify(copy(name), ":t:e")
     let i += 1
   endwhile
+
+  let s:ei_sav = &eventignore
+  set eventignore+=FileType
   exe "topleft new " . name
+  let &eventignore=s:ei_sav
+  unlet s:ei_sav
+
   setlocal modifiable
 
   " just in case some user autocmd creates content in the new buffer, make sure
@@ -544,7 +549,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     " add required javascript in reverse order so we can just call append again
     " and again without adjusting {{{
 
-    let s:uses_script = s:settings.dynamic_folds || s:settings.line_ids || !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
+    let s:uses_script = s:settings.dynamic_folds || s:settings.line_ids
 
     " insert script closing tag if needed
     if s:uses_script
@@ -555,31 +560,6 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
 	    \ ])
     endif
 
-    " insert script which corrects the size of small input elements in
-    " prevent_copy mode. See 2html.vim for details on why this is needed and how
-    " it works.
-    if !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \ '',
-	    \ '/* simulate a "ch" unit by asking the browser how big a zero character is */',
-	    \ 'function FixCharWidth() {',
-	    \ '  /* get the hidden element which gives the width of a single character */',
-	    \ '  var goodWidth = document.getElementById("oneCharWidth").clientWidth;',
-	    \ '  /* get all input elements, we''ll filter on class later */',
-	    \ '  var inputTags = document.getElementsByTagName("input");',
-	    \ '  var ratio = 5;',
-	    \ '  var inputWidth = document.getElementById("oneInputWidth").clientWidth;',
-	    \ '  var emWidth = document.getElementById("oneEmWidth").clientWidth;',
-	    \ '  if (inputWidth > goodWidth) {',
-	    \ '    while (ratio < 100*goodWidth/emWidth && ratio < 100) {',
-	    \ '      ratio += 5;',
-	    \ '    }',
-	    \ '    document.getElementById("vimCodeElement'.s:settings.id_suffix.'").className = "em"+ratio;',
-	    \ '  }',
-	    \ '}'
-	    \ ])
-    endif
-
     " insert javascript to get IDs from line numbers, and to open a fold before
     " jumping to any lines contained therein
     if s:settings.line_ids
@@ -659,10 +639,9 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     endif
 
     if s:uses_script
-      " insert script tag; javascript is always needed for the line number
-      " normalization for URL hashes
+      " insert script tag if needed
       call append(style_start, [
-	    \ "<script type='text/javascript'>",
+	    \ "<script" . (s:html5 ? "" : " type='text/javascript'") . ">",
 	    \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "<!--"])
     endif
 
@@ -673,11 +652,13 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     " is pretty useless for really long lines. {{{
     if s:settings.use_css
       call append(style_start,
-	    \ ['<style type="text/css">']+
+	    \ ['<style' . (s:html5 ? '' : 'type="text/css"') . '>']+
 	    \ style+
 	    \ [ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '<!--',
 	    \   'table { table-layout: fixed; }',
 	    \   'html, body, table, tbody { width: 100%; margin: 0; padding: 0; }',
+	    \   'table, td, th { border: 1px solid; }',
+	    \   'td { vertical-align: top; }',
 	    \   'th, td { width: '.printf("%.1f",100.0/len(a:win_list)).'%; }',
 	    \   'td div { overflow: auto; }',
 	    \   s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '-->',
@@ -720,21 +701,22 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
     endif
 
     " get current option settings with appropriate defaults {{{
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,    'no_progress', !has("statusline") )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'diff_one_file', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'number_lines', &number )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,       'pre_wrap', &wrap )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,        'use_css', 1 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_conceal', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_folding', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'dynamic_folds', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'no_foldcolumn', user_settings.ignore_folding)
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'hover_unfold', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,         'no_pre', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'no_invalid', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'whole_filler', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'use_xhtml', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,       'line_ids', user_settings.number_lines )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,       'no_progress', !has("statusline") )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'diff_one_file', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'number_lines', &number )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,          'pre_wrap', &wrap )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,           'use_css', 1 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,    'ignore_conceal', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,    'ignore_folding', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'dynamic_folds', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'no_foldcolumn', user_settings.ignore_folding)
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'hover_unfold', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,            'no_pre', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,        'no_invalid', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'whole_filler', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,         'use_xhtml', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,          'line_ids', user_settings.number_lines )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'use_input_for_pc', 'fallback')
     " }}}
     
     " override those settings that need it {{{
@@ -868,6 +850,16 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
       let user_settings.no_invalid = 0
     endif
 
+    " enforce valid values for use_input_for_pc
+    if user_settings.use_input_for_pc !~# 'fallback\|none\|all'
+      let user_settings.use_input_for_pc = 'fallback'
+      echohl WarningMsg
+      echomsg '2html: "' . g:html_use_input_for_pc . '" is not valid for g:html_use_input_for_pc'
+      echomsg '2html: defaulting to "' . user_settings.use_input_for_pc . '"'
+      echohl None
+      sleep 3
+    endif
+
     if exists('g:html_id_expr')
       let user_settings.id_suffix = eval(g:html_id_expr)
       if user_settings.id_suffix !~ '^[-_:.A-Za-z0-9]*$'

runtime/autoload/xmlformat.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim plugin for formatting XML
-" Last Change: Thu, 07 Dec 2018
-"     Version: 0.1
+" Last Change: 2019 Oct 24
+"     Version: 0.2
 "      Author: Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 "  Repository: https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-xml-ftplugin
 "     License: VIM License
@@ -22,44 +22,73 @@ func! xmlformat#Format()
     " do not fall back to internal formatting
     return 0
   endif
+  let count_orig = v:count
   let sw  = shiftwidth()
   let prev = prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)
   let s:indent = indent(prev)/sw
   let result = []
   let lastitem = prev ? getline(prev) : ''
   let is_xml_decl = 0
-  " split on `<`, but don't split on very first opening <
-  for item in split(join(getline(v:lnum, (v:lnum + v:count - 1))), '.\@<=[>]\zs')
-    if s:EndTag(item)
-      let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
-      call add(result, s:Indent(item))
-    elseif s:EmptyTag(lastitem)
-      call add(result, s:Indent(item))
-    elseif s:StartTag(lastitem) && s:IsTag(item)
-      let s:indent += 1
-      call add(result, s:Indent(item))
-     else
-       if !s:IsTag(item)
-         " Simply split on '<'
-         let t=split(item, '.<\@=\zs')
-         let s:indent+=1
-         call add(result, s:Indent(t[0]))
-         let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
-         call add(result, s:Indent(t[1]))
-       else
+  " go through every line, but don't join all content together and join it
+  " back. We might lose empty lines
+  let list = getline(v:lnum, (v:lnum + count_orig - 1))
+  let current = 0
+  for line in list
+    " Keep empty input lines?
+    if empty(line)
+      call add(result, '')
+      continue
+    elseif line !~# '<[/]\?[^>]*>'
+      let nextmatch = match(list, '<[/]\?[^>]*>', current)
+      let line .= join(list[(current + 1):(nextmatch-1)], "\n")
+      call remove(list, current+1, nextmatch-1)
+    endif
+    " split on `>`, but don't split on very first opening <
+    " this means, items can be like ['<tag>', 'tag content</tag>']
+    for item in split(line, '.\@<=[>]\zs')
+      if s:EndTag(item)
+        let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
         call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+      elseif s:EmptyTag(lastitem)
+        call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+      elseif s:StartTag(lastitem) && s:IsTag(item)
+        let s:indent += 1
+        call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+      else
+        if !s:IsTag(item)
+          " Simply split on '<', if there is one,
+          " but reformat according to &textwidth
+          let t=split(item, '.<\@=\zs')
+          " t should only contain 2 items, but just be safe here
+          if s:IsTag(lastitem)
+            let s:indent+=1
+          endif
+          let result+=s:FormatContent([t[0]])
+          if s:EndTag(t[1])
+            let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
+          endif
+          "for y in t[1:]
+            let result+=s:FormatContent(t[1:])
+          "endfor
+        else
+          call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+        endif
       endif
-     endif
-     let lastitem = item
-   endfor
+      let lastitem = item
+    endfor
+    let current += 1
+  endfor
 
-   if !empty(result)
-    exe v:lnum. ",". (v:lnum + v:count - 1). 'd'
+  if !empty(result)
+    let lastprevline = getline(v:lnum + count_orig)
+    let delete_lastline = v:lnum + count_orig - 1 == line('$')
+    exe v:lnum. ",". (v:lnum + count_orig - 1). 'd'
     call append(v:lnum - 1, result)
     " Might need to remove the last line, if it became empty because of the
     " append() call
     let last = v:lnum + len(result)
-    if getline(last) is ''
+    " do not use empty(), it returns true for `empty(0)`
+    if getline(last) is '' && lastprevline is '' && delete_lastline
       exe last. 'd'
     endif
   endif
@@ -88,6 +117,7 @@ func! s:StartTag(tag)
   let is_comment = s:IsComment(a:tag)
   return a:tag =~? '^\s*<[^/?]' && !is_comment
 endfunc
+" Check if tag is a Comment start {{{1
 func! s:IsComment(tag)
   return a:tag =~? '<!--'
 endfunc
@@ -108,6 +138,43 @@ endfunc
 func! s:EmptyTag(tag)
   return a:tag =~ '/>\s*$'
 endfunc
+" Format input line according to textwidth {{{1
+func! s:FormatContent(list)
+  let result=[]
+  let limit = 80
+  if &textwidth > 0
+    let limit = &textwidth
+  endif
+  let column=0
+  let idx = -1
+  let add_indent = 0
+  let cnt = 0
+  for item in a:list
+    for word in split(item, '\s\+\S\+\zs') 
+      let column += strdisplaywidth(word, column)
+      if match(word, "^\\s*\n\\+\\s*$") > -1
+        call add(result, '')
+        let idx += 1
+        let column = 0
+        let add_indent = 1
+      elseif column > limit || cnt == 0
+        let add = s:Indent(s:Trim(word))
+        call add(result, add)
+        let column = strdisplaywidth(add)
+        let idx += 1
+      else
+        if add_indent
+          let result[idx] = s:Indent(s:Trim(word))
+        else
+          let result[idx] .= ' '. s:Trim(word)
+        endif
+        let add_indent = 0
+      endif
+      let cnt += 1
+    endfor
+  endfor
+  return result
+endfunc
 " Restoration And Modelines: {{{1
 let &cpo= s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/defaults.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " The default vimrc file.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2019 Feb 18
+" Last change:	2019 Oct 27
 "
 " This is loaded if no vimrc file was found.
 " Except when Vim is run with "-u NONE" or "-C".
@@ -75,8 +75,14 @@ inoremap <C-U> <C-G>u<C-U>
 
 " In many terminal emulators the mouse works just fine.  By enabling it you
 " can position the cursor, Visually select and scroll with the mouse.
+" Only xterm can grab the mouse events when using the shift key, for other
+" terminals use ":", select text and press Esc.
 if has('mouse')
-  set mouse=a
+  if &term =~ 'xterm'
+    set mouse=a
+  else
+    set mouse=nvi
+  endif
 endif
 
 " Switch syntax highlighting on when the terminal has colors or when using the

runtime/delmenu.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Warning: This also deletes all menus defined by the user!
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2001 May 27
+" Last Change:	2019 Sep 11
 
 aunmenu *
 tlunmenu *
@@ -21,6 +21,11 @@ silent! unlet menutrans_path_dialog
 silent! unlet menutrans_tags_dialog
 silent! unlet menutrans_textwidth_dialog
 silent! unlet menutrans_fileformat_dialog
+silent! unlet menutrans_fileformat_choices
 silent! unlet menutrans_no_file
+silent! unlet menutrans_set_lang_to
+silent! unlet menutrans_spell_change_ARG_to
+silent! unlet menutrans_spell_add_ARG_to_word_list
+silent! unlet menutrans_spell_ignore_ARG
 
 " vim: set sw=2 :

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -323,7 +323,10 @@ all: tags vim.man evim.man vimdiff.man vimtutor.man xxd.man $(CONVERTED)
 # Use Vim to generate the tags file.  Can only be used when Vim has been
 # compiled and installed.  Supports multiple languages.
 vimtags: $(DOCS)
-	$(VIMEXE) -u NONE -esX -c "helptags ++t ." -c quit
+	@if command -v $(VIMEXE); then \
+	    $(VIMEXE) --clean -eX -u doctags.vim >/dev/null && \
+	      echo "help tags updated"; \
+	  else echo "vim executable $(VIMEXE) not found; help tags not updated"; fi
 
 # Use "doctags" to generate the tags file.  Only works for English!
 tags: doctags $(DOCS)

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 26
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -268,7 +268,6 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |BufCreate|		just after adding a buffer to the buffer list
 |BufDelete|		before deleting a buffer from the buffer list
 |BufWipeout|		before completely deleting a buffer
-|TerminalOpen|		after a terminal buffer was created
 
 |BufFilePre|		before changing the name of the current buffer
 |BufFilePost|		after changing the name of the current buffer
@@ -302,6 +301,10 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |VimLeavePre|		before exiting Vim, before writing the viminfo file
 |VimLeave|		before exiting Vim, after writing the viminfo file
 
+	Terminal
+|TerminalOpen|		after a terminal buffer was created
+|TerminalWinOpen|	after a terminal buffer was created in a new window
+
 	Various
 |FileChangedShell|	Vim notices that a file changed since editing started
 |FileChangedShellPost|	After handling a file changed since editing started
@@ -355,6 +358,10 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 			when popup menu visible
 |TextYankPost|		after text has been yanked or deleted
 
+|SafeState|		nothing pending, going to wait for the user to type a
+			character
+|SafeStateAgain|	repeated SafeState
+
 |ColorSchemePre|	before loading a color scheme
 |ColorScheme|		after loading a color scheme
 
@@ -554,16 +561,14 @@ CmdlineLeave			Before leaving the command line.
 							*CmdwinEnter*
 CmdwinEnter			After entering the command-line window.
 				Useful for setting options specifically for
-				this special type of window.  This is
-				triggered _instead_ of BufEnter and WinEnter.
+				this special type of window.
 				<afile> is set to a single character,
 				indicating the type of command-line.
 				|cmdwin-char|
 							*CmdwinLeave*
 CmdwinLeave			Before leaving the command-line window.
 				Useful to clean up any global setting done
-				with CmdwinEnter.  This is triggered _instead_
-				of BufLeave and WinLeave.
+				with CmdwinEnter.
 				<afile> is set to a single character,
 				indicating the type of command-line.
 				|cmdwin-char|
@@ -579,7 +584,7 @@ ColorScheme			After loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
 ColorSchemePre			Before loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
 				Useful to setup removing things added by a
 				color scheme, before another one is loaded.
-CompleteChanged 					*CompleteChanged*
+CompleteChanged						*CompleteChanged*
 				After each time the Insert mode completion
 				menu changed.  Not fired on popup menu hide,
 				use |CompleteDone| for that.  Never triggered
@@ -957,6 +962,32 @@ RemoteReply			When a reply from a Vim that functions as
 				Note that even if an autocommand is defined,
 				the reply should be read with |remote_read()|
 				to consume it.
+							*SafeState*
+SafeState			When nothing is pending, going to wait for the
+				user to type a character.
+				This will not be triggered when:
+				- an operator is pending
+				- a register was entered with "r
+				- halfway executing a command
+				- executing a mapping
+				- there is typeahead
+				- Insert mode completion is active
+				- Command line completion is active
+				You can use `mode()` to find out what state
+				Vim is in.  That may be:
+				- VIsual mode
+				- Normal mode
+				- Insert mode
+				- Command-line mode
+				Depending on what you want to do, you may also
+				check more with `state()`, e.g. whether the
+				screen was scrolled for messages.
+							*SafeStateAgain*
+SafeStateAgain			Like SafeState but after processing any
+				messages and invoking callbacks. This may be
+				triggered often, don't do something that takes
+				time.
+
 							*SessionLoadPost*
 SessionLoadPost			After loading the session file created using
 				the |:mksession| command.
@@ -1053,6 +1084,12 @@ TerminalOpen			Just after a terminal buffer was created, with
 				`:terminal` or |term_start()|. This event is
 				triggered even if the buffer is created
 				without a window, with the ++hidden option.
+							*TerminalWinOpen*
+TerminalWinOpen			Just after a terminal buffer was created, with
+				`:terminal` or |term_start()|. This event is
+				triggered only if the buffer is created
+				with a window.  Can be used to set window
+				local options for the terminal window.
 							*TermResponse*
 TermResponse			After the response to |t_RV| is received from
 				the terminal.  The value of |v:termresponse|
@@ -1089,8 +1126,8 @@ TextYankPost			After text has been yanked or deleted in the
 				current buffer.  The following values of
 				|v:event| can be used to determine the operation
 				that triggered this autocmd:
-				   operator    	The operation performed.
-				   regcontents 	Text that was stored in the
+				   operator	The operation performed.
+				   regcontents	Text that was stored in the
 						register, as a list of lines,
 						like with: >
 						getreg(r, 1, 1)
@@ -1126,7 +1163,7 @@ VimEnter			After doing all the startup stuff, including
 				   if v:vim_did_enter
 				     call s:init()
 				   else
- 	  			     au VimEnter * call s:init()
+				     au VimEnter * call s:init()
 				   endif
 <							*VimLeave*
 VimLeave			Before exiting Vim, just after writing the

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 04
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -999,9 +999,13 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 			delete and yank) ({.%#:} only work with put).
 
 							*:reg* *:registers*
-:reg[isters]		Display the contents of all numbered and named
-			registers.  If a register is written to for |:redir|
-			it will not be listed.
+:reg[isters]		Display the type and contents of all numbered and
+			named registers.  If a register is written to for
+			|:redir| it will not be listed.
+			Type can be one of:
+			"c"	for |characterwise| text
+			"l"	for |linewise| text
+			"b"	for |blockwise-visual| text
 
 
 :reg[isters] {arg}	Display the contents of the numbered and named
@@ -1172,7 +1176,7 @@ Rationale:	In Vi the "y" command followed by a backwards motion would
 With a linewise yank command the cursor is put in the first line, but the
 column is unmodified, thus it may not be on the first yanked character.
 
-There are ten types of registers:			*registers* *E354*
+There are ten types of registers:		*registers* *{register}* *E354*
 1. The unnamed register ""
 2. 10 numbered registers "0 to "9
 3. The small delete register "-
@@ -1312,7 +1316,7 @@ When writing to this register, nothing happens.  This can be used to delete
 text without affecting the normal registers.  When reading from this register,
 nothing is returned.
 
-10. Last search pattern register	"/			*quote_/* *quote/*
+10. Last search pattern register	"/		*quote_/* *quote/*
 Contains the most recent search-pattern.  This is used for "n" and 'hlsearch'.
 It is writable with `:let`, you can change it to have 'hlsearch' highlight
 other matches without actually searching.  You can't yank or delete into this
@@ -1618,8 +1622,6 @@ By default, "b:#" is included.  This means that a line that starts with
 "#include" is not recognized as a comment line.  But a line that starts with
 "# define" is recognized.  This is a compromise.
 
-{not available when compiled without the |+comments| feature}
-
 							*fo-table*
 You can use the 'formatoptions' option  to influence how Vim formats text.
 'formatoptions' is a string that can contain any of the letters below.  The

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 28
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -474,18 +474,25 @@ ch_canread({handle})						*ch_canread()*
 		Note that messages are dropped when the channel does not have
 		a callback.  Add a close callback to avoid that.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_canread()
 
 ch_close({handle})						*ch_close()*
 		Close {handle}.  See |channel-close|.
 		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
 		A close callback is not invoked.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_close()
 
 ch_close_in({handle})						*ch_close_in()*
 		Close the "in" part of {handle}.  See |channel-close-in|.
 		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
 		A close callback is not invoked.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_close_in()
+
 
 ch_evalexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_evalexpr()*
 		Send {expr} over {handle}.  The {expr} is encoded
@@ -501,6 +508,12 @@ ch_evalexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_evalexpr()*
 		expression.  When there is an error or timeout it returns an
 		empty string.
 
+		Note that while waiting for the response, Vim handles other
+		messages.  You need to make sure this doesn't cause trouble.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_evalexpr(expr)
+
 
 ch_evalraw({handle}, {string} [, {options}])		*ch_evalraw()*
 		Send {string} over {handle}.
@@ -516,6 +529,8 @@ ch_evalraw({handle}, {string} [, {options}])		*ch_evalraw()*
 		need to use |ch_readraw()| to fetch the rest.
 		See |channel-use|.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_evalraw(rawstring)
 
 ch_getbufnr({handle}, {what})				 *ch_getbufnr()*
 		Get the buffer number that {handle} is using for {what}.
@@ -524,12 +539,17 @@ ch_getbufnr({handle}, {what})				 *ch_getbufnr()*
 		socket output.
 		Returns -1 when there is no buffer.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_getbufnr(what)
 
 ch_getjob({channel})						*ch_getjob()*
 		Get the Job associated with {channel}.
 		If there is no job calling |job_status()| on the returned Job
 		will result in "fail".
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_getjob()
+
 
 ch_info({handle})						*ch_info()*
 		Returns a Dictionary with information about {handle}.  The
@@ -558,6 +578,9 @@ ch_info({handle})						*ch_info()*
 		   "in_io"	  "null", "pipe", "file" or "buffer"
 		   "in_timeout"	  timeout in msec
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_info()
+
 
 ch_log({msg} [, {handle}])					*ch_log()*
 		Write {msg} in the channel log file, if it was opened with
@@ -567,6 +590,9 @@ ch_log({msg} [, {handle}])					*ch_log()*
 		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.  The
 		Channel must be open for the channel number to be used.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			'did something'->ch_log()
+
 
 ch_logfile({fname} [, {mode}])					*ch_logfile()*
 		Start logging channel activity to {fname}.
@@ -584,6 +610,9 @@ ch_logfile({fname} [, {mode}])					*ch_logfile()*
 		aware that this may contain confidential and privacy sensitive
 		information, e.g. a password you type in a terminal window.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			'logfile'->ch_logfile('w')
+
 
 ch_open({address} [, {options}])				*ch_open()*
 		Open a channel to {address}.  See |channel|.
@@ -595,6 +624,9 @@ ch_open({address} [, {options}])				*ch_open()*
 		If {options} is given it must be a |Dictionary|.
 		See |channel-open-options|.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetAddress()->ch_open()
+
 
 ch_read({handle} [, {options}])					*ch_read()*
 		Read from {handle} and return the received message.
@@ -603,11 +635,17 @@ ch_read({handle} [, {options}])					*ch_read()*
 		there is nothing more to read (channel was closed).
 		See |channel-more|.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_read()
+
 
 ch_readblob({handle} [, {options}])			*ch_readblob()*
 		Like ch_read() but reads binary data and returns a |Blob|.
 		See |channel-more|.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_readblob()
+
 
 ch_readraw({handle} [, {options}])			*ch_readraw()*
 		Like ch_read() but for a JS and JSON channel does not decode
@@ -615,6 +653,9 @@ ch_readraw({handle} [, {options}])			*ch_readraw()*
 		the NL to arrive, but otherwise works like ch_read().
 		See |channel-more|.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_readraw()
+
 
 ch_sendexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_sendexpr()*
 		Send {expr} over {handle}.  The {expr} is encoded
@@ -623,6 +664,9 @@ ch_sendexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_sendexpr()*
 		See |channel-use|.				*E912*
 		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_sendexpr(expr)
+
 
 ch_sendraw({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])		*ch_sendraw()*
 		Send |String| or |Blob| {expr} over {handle}.
@@ -633,6 +677,9 @@ ch_sendraw({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])		*ch_sendraw()*
 		is removed.
 		See |channel-use|.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_sendraw(rawexpr)
+
 
 ch_setoptions({handle}, {options})			*ch_setoptions()*
 		Set options on {handle}:
@@ -648,6 +695,9 @@ ch_setoptions({handle}, {options})			*ch_setoptions()*
 		These options cannot be changed:
 			"waittime"	only applies to |ch_open()|
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_setoptions(options)
+
 
 ch_status({handle} [, {options}])				*ch_status()*
 		Return the status of {handle}:
@@ -664,6 +714,8 @@ ch_status({handle} [, {options}])				*ch_status()*
 		"err".  For example, to get the error status: >
 			ch_status(job, {"part": "err"})
 <
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_status()
 
 ==============================================================================
 9. Starting a job with a channel			*job-start* *job*
@@ -792,6 +844,8 @@ job_getchannel({job})					 *job_getchannel()*
 		To check if the job has no channel: >
 			if string(job_getchannel()) == 'channel fail'
 <
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetJob()->job_getchannel()
 
 job_info([{job}])					*job_info()*
 		Returns a Dictionary with information about {job}:
@@ -817,12 +871,18 @@ job_info([{job}])					*job_info()*
 
 		Without any arguments, returns a List with all Job objects.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetJob()->job_info()
+
 
 job_setoptions({job}, {options})			*job_setoptions()*
 		Change options for {job}.  Supported are:
 		   "stoponexit"	|job-stoponexit|
 		   "exit_cb"	|job-exit_cb|
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetJob()->job_setoptions(options)
+
 
 job_start({command} [, {options}])			*job_start()*
 		Start a job and return a Job object.  Unlike |system()| and
@@ -881,6 +941,9 @@ job_start({command} [, {options}])			*job_start()*
 		{options} must be a Dictionary.  It can contain many optional
 		items, see |job-options|.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			BuildCommand()->job_start()
+
 
 job_status({job})					*job_status()* *E916*
 		Returns a String with the status of {job}:
@@ -897,6 +960,9 @@ job_status({job})					*job_status()* *E916*
 
 		For more information see |job_info()|.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetJob()->job_status()
+
 
 job_stop({job} [, {how}])					*job_stop()*
 		Stop the {job}.  This can also be used to signal the job.
@@ -940,6 +1006,9 @@ job_stop({job} [, {how}])					*job_stop()*
 		When using "kill" Vim will assume the job will die and close
 		the channel.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetJob()->job_stop()
+
 
 ==============================================================================
 12. Job options						*job-options*

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 18
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -77,10 +77,17 @@ CTRL-V		Insert next non-digit literally.  Up to three digits form the
 		way as in Insert mode (see above, |i_CTRL-V|).
 		Note: Under Windows CTRL-V is often mapped to paste text.
 		Use CTRL-Q instead then.
+		When |modifyOtherKeys| is enabled then special Escape sequence
+		is converted back to what it was without |modifyOtherKeys|,
+		unless the Shift key is also pressed.
 							*c_CTRL-Q*
 CTRL-Q		Same as CTRL-V.  But with some terminals it is used for
 		control flow, it doesn't work then.
 
+CTRL-SHIFT-V				*c_CTRL-SHIFT-V* *c_CTRL-SHIFT-Q*
+CTRL-SHIFT-Q	Works just like CTRL-V, unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active,
+		then it inserts the Escape sequence for a key with modifiers.
+
 							*c_<Left>* *c_Left*
 <Left>		cursor left
 							*c_<Right>* *c_Right*
@@ -129,7 +136,7 @@ CTRL-K {char1} {char2}					*c_CTRL-K*
 		enter digraph (see |digraphs|).  When {char1} is a special
 		key, the code for that key is inserted in <> form.
 
-CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#:-=.}					*c_CTRL-R* *c_<C-R>*
+CTRL-R {register}					*c_CTRL-R* *c_<C-R>*
 		Insert the contents of a numbered or named register.  Between
 		typing CTRL-R and the second character '"' will be displayed
 		to indicate that you are expected to enter the name of a
@@ -191,8 +198,8 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-L				*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-L* *c_<C-R>_<C-L>*
 
 					*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R* *c_<C-R>_<C-R>*
 					*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-O* *c_<C-R>_<C-O>*
-CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#:-=. CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A CTRL-L}
-CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#:-=. CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A CTRL-L}
+CTRL-R CTRL-R {register CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A CTRL-L}
+CTRL-R CTRL-O {register CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A CTRL-L}
 		Insert register or object under the cursor.  Works like
 		|c_CTRL-R| but inserts the text literally.  For example, if
 		register a contains "xy^Hz" (where ^H is a backspace),
@@ -909,8 +916,7 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
      *%:8* *%:p* *%:.* *%:~* *%:h* *%:t* *%:r* *%:e* *%:s* *%:gs* *%:S*
 The file name modifiers can be used after "%", "#", "#n", "<cfile>", "<sfile>",
 "<afile>" or "<abuf>".  They are also used with the |fnamemodify()| function.
-These are not available when Vim has been compiled without the |+modify_fname|
-feature.
+
 These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 	:p	Make file name a full path.  Must be the first modifier.  Also
 		changes "~/" (and "~user/" for Unix and VMS) to the path for
@@ -1172,11 +1178,9 @@ edited as described in |cmdwin-char|.
 
 AUTOCOMMANDS
 
-Two autocommand events are used: |CmdwinEnter| and |CmdwinLeave|.  Since this
-window is of a special type, the WinEnter, WinLeave, BufEnter and BufLeave
-events are not triggered.  You can use the Cmdwin events to do settings
-specifically for the command-line window.  Be careful not to cause side
-effects!
+Two autocommand events are used: |CmdwinEnter| and |CmdwinLeave|.  You can use
+the Cmdwin events to do settings specifically for the command-line window.
+Be careful not to cause side effects!
 Example: >
 	:au CmdwinEnter :  let b:cpt_save = &cpt | set cpt=.
 	:au CmdwinLeave :  let &cpt = b:cpt_save

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 05
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -195,10 +195,14 @@ problems for existing patches.  Only use them for new and changed code.
 
 Comments ~
 
-Traditionally Vim uses /* comments */.  We intend to keep it that way,
-especially for file and function headers.  For new code or lines of code that
-change, it is allowed to use // comments.  Especially when it comes after
-code:
+Traditionally Vim uses /* comments */.  We intend to keep it that way
+for file and function headers and larger blocks of code, E.g.:
+	/*
+	 * The "foo" argument does something useful.
+	 * Return OK or FAIL.
+	 */
+For new code or lines of code that change, it is preferred to use // comments.
+Especially when it comes after code:
 	int some_var;  // single line comment useful here
 
 Enums ~

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 27
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -68,11 +68,12 @@ reset to the global value.
 The options can still be overruled from a modeline when re-editing the file.
 However, 'foldmethod' and 'wrap' won't be set from a modeline when 'diff' is
 set.
+See `:diffoff` for an easy way to revert the options.
 
 The differences shown are actually the differences in the buffer.  Thus if you
 make changes after loading a file, these will be included in the displayed
 diffs.  You might have to do ":diffupdate" now and then, not all changes are
-immediately taken into account.
+immediately taken into account, especially when using an external diff command.
 
 In your .vimrc file you could do something special when Vim was started in
 diff mode.  You could use a construct like this: >

runtime/doc/doctags.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+" This script makes a tags file for help text.
+"
+" Usage: vim -eX -u doctags.vim
+
+helptags ++t .
+qa!

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 10
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ g CTRL-G		Prints the current position of the cursor in five
 :buffers
 :files
 :ls			List all the currently known file names.  See
-			'windows.txt' |:files| |:buffers| |:ls|.
+			|windows.txt| |:files| |:buffers| |:ls|.
 
 Vim will remember the full path name of a file name that you enter.  In most
 cases when the file name is displayed only the name you typed is shown, but
@@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ The syntax is best shown via some examples: >
 <		Open the browser in the C:/bar directory, with the current
 		buffer filename as default, and save the buffer under the
 		filename chosen.
-Also see the |'browsedir'| option.
+Also see the 'browsedir' option.
 For versions of Vim where browsing is not supported, the command is executed
 unmodified.
 
@@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ focus.
 If you want to automatically reload a file when it has been changed outside of
 Vim, set the 'autoread' option.  This doesn't work at the moment you write the
 file though, only when the file wasn't changed inside of Vim.
-
+							*ignore-timestamp*
 If you do not want to be asked or automatically reload the file, you can use
 this: >
 	set buftype=nofile

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -595,6 +595,10 @@ If you do not like the default folding, use an autocommand to add your desired
 folding style instead.  For example: >
         autocmd FileType man setlocal foldmethod=indent foldenable
 
+If you would like :Man {number} {name} to behave like man {number} {name} by
+not running man {name} if no page is found, then use this: >
+	let g:ft_man_no_sect_fallback = 1
+
 You may also want to set 'keywordprg' to make the |K| command open a manual
 page in a Vim window: >
 	set keywordprg=:Man

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 20
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ because the menu command will always be applied to the top window.
 
 If you are on the ':' line (or '/' or '?'), then clicking the left or right
 mouse button will position the cursor on the ':' line (if 'mouse' contains
-'c', 'a' or 'A').
+'c' or 'a').
 
 In any situation the middle mouse button may be clicked to paste the current
 selection.
@@ -560,8 +560,9 @@ floating menus that do not appear on the main menu bar.
 				*E330* *E327* *E331* *E336* *E333*
 				*E328* *E329* *E337* *E792*
 To create a new menu item, use the ":menu" commands.  They are mostly like
-the ":map" set of commands but the first argument is a menu item name, given
-as a path of menus and submenus with a '.' between them, e.g.: >
+the ":map" set of commands (see |map-modes|), but the first argument is a menu
+item name, given as a path of menus and submenus with a '.' between them,
+e.g.: >
 
    :menu File.Save  :w<CR>
    :inoremenu File.Save  <C-O>:w<CR>
@@ -1013,7 +1014,7 @@ it behaves in a strange way.
 				have at least one subentry, but need not
 				appear on the menu-bar (see |hidden-menus|).
 				{only available for Win32 and GTK GUI or in
-				the terminal when compiled with +insert_expand}
+				the terminal}
 
 :popu[p]! {name}		Like above, but use the position of the mouse
 				pointer instead of the cursor.

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -171,14 +171,14 @@ you can.
 		path			    {path}\gvim.exe
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\vim 5.6
 		DisplayName		    Vim 5.6: Edit with Vim popup menu entry
-		UninstallString		    {path}\uninstal.exe
+		UninstallString		    {path}\uninstall.exe
 
    Replace {path} with the path that leads to the executable.
    Don't type {default}, this is the value for the key itself.
 
 To remove "Edit with Vim" from the popup menu, just remove the registry
-entries mentioned above.  The "uninstal.exe" program can do this for you.  You
-can also use the entry in the Windows standard "Add/Remove Programs" list.
+entries mentioned above.  The "uninstall.exe" program can do this for you.
+You can also use the entry in the Windows standard "Add/Remove Programs" list.
 
 If you notice that this entry overrules other file type associations, set
 those associations again by hand (using Windows Explorer, see above).  This

runtime/doc/hangulin.txt

@@ -1,112 +1,17 @@
-*hangulin.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2015 Nov 24
+*hangulin.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Chi-Deok Hwang and Sung-Hyun Nam
 
+						*hangul*
+Vim had built-in support for hangul, the Korean language, for users without
+XIM (X Input Method).  Since it didn't work well and was not maintained it was
+removed in Vim 8.1.2327.
 
-Introduction					*hangul*
-------------
-It is to input hangul, the Korean language, with Vim GUI version.
-If you have a XIM program, you can use another |+xim| feature.
-Basically, it is for anybody who has no XIM program.
+If you want this hangul input mehod you can go back to Vim 8.1.2326 or
+earlier.  If you think this code is still useful and want to maintain it, make
+a patch to add it back.  However, making it work with UTF-8 encoding would be
+best.
 
-Compile
--------
-Next is a basic option.  You can add any other configure option. >
-
-   ./configure --with-x --enable-multibyte --enable-hangulinput \
-            --disable-xim
-
-And you should check feature.h.  If |+hangul_input| feature is enabled
-by configure, you can select more options such as keyboard type, 2 bulsik
-or 3 bulsik.  You can find keywords like next in there. >
-
-	#define HANGUL_DEFAULT_KEYBOARD 2
-	#define ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE
-	/* #define X_LOCALE */
-
-Environment variables
----------------------
-You should set LANG variable to Korean locale such as ko, ko_KR.eucKR
-or ko_KR.UTF-8.
-If you set LC_ALL variable, it should be set to Korean locale also.
-
-Vim resource
-------------
-You may want to set 'encoding' and 'fileencodings'.
-Next are examples: >
-
-	:set encoding=euc-kr
-	:set encoding=utf-8
-	:set fileencodings=ucs-bom,utf-8,cp949,euc-kr,latin1
-
-Keyboard
---------
-You can change keyboard type (2 bulsik or 3 bulsik) using VIM_KEYBOARD
-or HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE environment variables.  For sh, just do (2 bulsik): >
-
-    export VIM_KEYBOARD="2"
-or >
-    export HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE="2"
-
-If both are set, VIM_KEYBOARD has higher priority.
-
-Hangul Fonts
-------------
-If you use GTK version of gvim, you should set 'guifont' and 'guifontwide'.
-For example: >
-    set guifont=Courier\ 12
-    set guifontwide=NanumGothicCoding\ 12
-
-If you use Motif or Athena version of gvim, you should set 'guifontset' in
-your vimrc.  You can set fontset in the .Xdefaults file.
-
-$HOME/.gvimrc: >
-    set guifontset=english_font,hangul_font
-
-$HOME/.Xdefaults: >
-    Vim.font: english_font
-
-    ! Nexts are for hangul menu with Athena
-    *international: True
-    Vim*fontSet: english_font,hangul_font
-
-    ! Nexts are for hangul menu with Motif
-    *international: True
-    Vim*fontList: english_font;hangul_font:
-
-attention! the , (comma) or ; (semicolon)
-
-And there should be no ':set guifont'.  If it exists, then gvim ignores
-':set guifontset'.  It means Vim runs without fontset supporting.
-So, you can see only English.  Hangul does not be correctly displayed.
-
-After "fontset" feature is enabled, Vim does not allow using english
-font only in "font" setting for syntax.
-For example, if you use >
-   :set guifontset=eng_font,your_font
-in your .gvimrc, then you should do for syntax >
-   :hi Comment guifg=Cyan font=another_eng_font,another_your_font
-If you just do >
-   :hi Comment font=another_eng_font
-then you can see a error message.  Be careful!
-
-hangul_font width should be twice than english_font width.
-
-Unsupported Feature
--------------------
-We don't support Johab font.
-We don't support Hanja input.
-And We don't have any plan to support them.
-
-If you really need such features, you can use console version of Vim with a
-capable terminal emulator.
-
-Bug or Comment
---------------
-Send comments, patches and suggestions to:
-
-				    SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
-				    Chi-Deok Hwang <...>
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 04
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -102,7 +102,11 @@ Help on help files					*helphelp*
 			current file.  See |help-translated|.
 
 						 	*:helpc* *:helpclose*
-:helpc[lose]            Close one help window, if there is one.
+:helpc[lose]		Close one help window, if there is one.
+			Vim will try to restore the window layout (including
+			cursor position) to the same layout it was before
+			opening the help window initially.  This might cause
+			triggering several autocommands.
 
 							*:helpg* *:helpgrep*
 :helpg[rep] {pattern}[@xx]

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -55,14 +55,14 @@ The ActiveState one should work, Strawberry Perl is a good alternative.
 			working: >
 				:perl VIM::Msg("Hello")
 
-:pe[rl] << [endpattern]
+:pe[rl] << [endmarker]
 {script}
-{endpattern}
+{endmarker}
 			Execute Perl script {script}.
-			The {endpattern} after {script} must NOT be preceded
-			by any white space.
+			The {endmarker} after {script} must NOT be preceded by
+			any white space.
 
-			If [endpattern] is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
+			If [endmarker] is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
 			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  Using
 			'.' helps when inside a function, because "$i;" looks
 			like the start of an |:insert| command to Vim.

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -767,17 +767,28 @@ match the Python 2.x or Python 3 version Vim was compiled with.
 10. Python 3						*python3*
 
 							*:py3* *:python3*
-The `:py3` and `:python3` commands work similar to `:python`.  A simple check
-if the `:py3` command is working: >
-	:py3 print("Hello")
+:[range]py3 {stmt}
+:[range]py3 << [endmarker]
+{script}
+{endmarker}
 
-To see what version of Python you have: >
-	:py3 import sys
-	:py3 print(sys.version)
+:[range]python3 {stmt}
+:[range]python3 << [endmarker]
+{script}
+{endmarker}
+	The `:py3` and `:python3` commands work similar to `:python`.  A
+	simple check if the `:py3` command is working: >
+		:py3 print("Hello")
+<
+	To see what version of Python you have: >
+		:py3 import sys
+		:py3 print(sys.version)
 <							*:py3file*
-The `:py3file` command works similar to `:pyfile`.
+:[range]py3f[ile] {file}
+	The `:py3file` command works similar to `:pyfile`.
 							*:py3do*
-The `:py3do` command works similar to `:pydo`.
+:[range]py3do {body}
+	The `:py3do` command works similar to `:pydo`.
 
 
 Vim can be built in four ways (:version output):

runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt

@@ -28,14 +28,14 @@ downloading Ruby there.
 :rub[y] {cmd}		Execute Ruby command {cmd}.  A command to try it out: >
 				:ruby print "Hello"
 
-:rub[y] << [endpattern]
+:rub[y] << [endmarker]
 {script}
-{endpattern}
+{endmarker}
 			Execute Ruby script {script}.
-			The {endpattern} after {script} must NOT be preceded
-			by any white space.
+			The {endmarker} after {script} must NOT be preceded by
+			any white space.
 
-			If [endpattern] is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
+			If [endmarker] is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
 			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
 
 			This form of the |:ruby| command is mainly useful for

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -949,10 +949,12 @@ Function call arguments will indent 1 extra level. For two-space indentation: >
 -------------
 
 				*PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters*
-Extra indentation levels to add to arguments in multi-line function definitions. >
+Extra indentation levels to add to arguments in multi-line function
+definitions. >
     let g:PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters = 1
 
-Function arguments in declarations will indent 1 extra level. For two-space indentation: >
+Function arguments in declarations will indent 1 extra level. For two-space
+indentation: >
 
     function call_the_thing(
         $with_this,

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 21
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ to look for deleting something, use: "/delete".
 5. Terminal-Job mode			|terminal-job-index|
 6. EX commands				|ex-cmd-index|
 
-For an overview of options see help.txt |option-list|.
+For an overview of options see |option-list|.
 For an overview of built-in functions see |functions|.
 For a list of Vim variables see |vim-variable|.
 For a complete listing of all help items see |help-tags|.
@@ -73,14 +73,14 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 				the cursor
 |i_CTRL-Q|	CTRL-Q		same as CTRL-V, unless used for terminal
 				control flow
-|i_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*:=}
+|i_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {register}
 				insert the contents of a register
-|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*:=}
+|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| CTRL-R CTRL-R {register}
 				insert the contents of a register literally
-|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O| CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#*:=}
+|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O| CTRL-R CTRL-O {register}
 				insert the contents of a register literally
 				and don't auto-indent
-|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P| CTRL-R CTRL-P {0-9a-z"%#*:=}
+|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P| CTRL-R CTRL-P {register}
 				insert the contents of a register literally
 				and fix indent.
 		CTRL-S		(used for terminal control flow)
@@ -781,6 +781,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |gn|		gn	      1,2  find the next match with the last used
 				   search pattern and Visually select it
 |gm|		gm		1  go to character at middle of the screenline
+|gM|		gM		1  go to character at middle of the text line
 |go|		go		1  cursor to byte N in the buffer
 |gp|		["x]gp		2  put the text [from register x] after the
 				   cursor N times, leave the cursor after it
@@ -1128,6 +1129,8 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 
 tag		command		action ~
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|:|		:		nothing
+|:range|	:{range}	go to last line in {range}
 |:!|		:!		filter lines or execute an external command
 |:!!|		:!!		repeat last ":!" command
 |:#|		:#		same as ":number"

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 18
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ CTRL-K {char1} [char2]
 CTRL-N		Find next keyword (see |i_CTRL-N|).
 CTRL-P		Find previous keyword (see |i_CTRL-P|).
 
-CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+:.-=}					*i_CTRL-R*
+CTRL-R {register}				*i_CTRL-R*
 		Insert the contents of a register.  Between typing CTRL-R and
 		the second character, '"' will be displayed to indicate that
 		you are expected to enter the name of a register.
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+:.-=}					*i_CTRL-R*
 				sequence will be broken.
 		See |registers| about registers.
 
-CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
+CTRL-R CTRL-R {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
 		Insert the contents of a register.  Works like using a single
 		CTRL-R, but the text is inserted literally, not as if typed.
 		This differs when the register contains characters like <BS>.
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
 		The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
 		typed.
 
-CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
+CTRL-R CTRL-O {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 		Insert the contents of a register literally and don't
 		auto-indent.  Does the same as pasting with the mouse
 		|<MiddleMouse>|. When the register is linewise this will
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 		The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
 		typed.
 
-CTRL-R CTRL-P {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
+CTRL-R CTRL-P {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
 		Insert the contents of a register literally and fix the
 		indent, like |[<MiddleMouse>|.
 		Does not replace characters!
@@ -196,6 +196,13 @@ CTRL-V		Insert next non-digit literally.  For special keys, the
 		mapping.
 		Note: When CTRL-V is mapped (e.g., to paste text) you can
 		often use CTRL-Q instead |i_CTRL-Q|.
+		When |modifyOtherKeys| is enabled then special Escape sequence
+		is converted back to what it was without |modifyOtherKeys|,
+		unless the Shift key is also pressed.
+
+						*i_CTRL-SHIFT-V*
+CTRL-SHIFT-V	Works just like CTRL-V, unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active,
+		then it inserts the Escape sequence for a key with modifiers.
 
 						*i_CTRL-Q*
 CTRL-Q		Same as CTRL-V.
@@ -1119,21 +1126,46 @@ three lines, but 'previewheight' is used when it has a value of 1 or 2.
 
 						*complete-popup*
 When "popup" is in 'completeopt' a popup window is used to display the "info".
-Then the 'completepopup' option specifies the properties of the popup.  The
-option is a comma separated list of values:
+Then the 'completepopup' option specifies the properties of the popup.  This
+is used when the info popup is created.  The option is a comma separated list
+of values:
 	height		maximum height of the popup
 	width		maximum width of the popup
-	highlight	highlight group of the popup (default is Pmenu)
+	highlight	highlight group of the popup (default is PmenuSel)
 	align		"item" (default) or "menu"
 	border		"on" (default) or "off"
 Example: >
 	:set completepopup=height:10,width:60,highlight:InfoPopup
 
-When the "align" value is "item then the popup is positioned close to the
+When the "align" value is "item" then the popup is positioned close to the
 selected item.  Changing the selection will also move the popup.  When "align"
 is "menu" then the popup is aligned with the top of the menu if the menu is
 below the text, and the bottom of the menu otherwise.
 
+After the info popup is created it can be found with |popup_findinfo()| and
+properties can be changed with |popup_setoptions()|.
+
+						*complete-popuphidden*
+If the information for the popup is obtained asynchronously, use "popuphidden"
+in 'completeopt'.  The info popup will then be initially hidden and
+|popup_show()| must be called once it has been filled with the info.  This can
+be done with a |CompleteChanged| autocommand, something like this: >
+	set completeopt+=popuphidden
+	au CompleteChanged * call UpdateCompleteInfo()
+	func UpdateCompleteInfo()
+	  " Cancel any pending info fetch
+	  let item = v:event.completed_item
+	  " Start fetching info for the item then call ShowCompleteInfo(info)
+	endfunc
+	func ShowCompleteInfo(info)
+	  let id = popup_findinfo()
+	  if id
+	    call popup_settext(id, 'async info: ' .. a:info)
+	    call popup_show(id)
+	  endif
+	endfunc
+
+<						*complete-item-kind*
 The "kind" item uses a single letter to indicate the kind of completion.  This
 may be used to show the completion differently (different color or icon).
 Currently these types can be used:

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 16
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Vim would never have become what it is now, without the help of these people!
 	Sung-Hyun Nam		Work on multi-byte versions
 	Vince Negri		Win32 GUI and generic console enhancements
 	Steve Oualline		Author of the first Vim book |frombook|
-	Dominique Pelle		valgrind reports and many fixes
+	Dominique Pelle		Valgrind reports and many fixes
 	A.Politz		Many bug reports and some fixes
 	George V. Reilly	Win32 port, Win32 GUI start-off
 	Stephen Riehm		bug collector

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@ manual.
    1.8 Examples				|map-examples|
    1.9 Using mappings			|map-typing|
    1.10 Mapping alt-keys		|:map-alt-keys|
-   1.11 Mapping an operator		|:map-operator|
+   1.11 Mapping in modifyOtherKeys mode	|modifyOtherKeys|
+   1.12 Mapping an operator		|:map-operator|
 2. Abbreviations		|abbreviations|
 3. Local mappings and functions	|script-local|
 4. User-defined commands	|user-commands|
@@ -357,6 +358,8 @@ Some commands work both in Insert mode and Command-line mode, some not:
 :cmap  :cnoremap  :cunmap  :cmapclear	     -	       yes	   -
 :lmap  :lnoremap  :lunmap  :lmapclear	    yes*       yes*	  yes*
 
+* If 'iminsert' is 1, see |language-mapping| below.
+
 The original Vi did not have separate mappings for
 Normal/Visual/Operator-pending mode and for Insert/Command-line mode.
 Therefore the ":map" and ":map!" commands enter and display mappings for
@@ -777,6 +780,9 @@ In the GUI Vim handles the Alt key itself, thus mapping keys with ALT should
 always work.  But in a terminal Vim gets a sequence of bytes and has to figure
 out whether ALT was pressed or not.
 
+If the terminal supports the modifyOtherKeys mode and it has been enabled,
+then Vim can recognize more key combinations, see |modifyOtherKeys| below.
+
 By default Vim assumes that pressing the ALT key sets the 8th bit of a typed
 character.  Most decent terminals can work that way, such as xterm, aterm and
 rxvt.  If your <A-k> mappings don't work it might be that the terminal is
@@ -814,7 +820,39 @@ on the terminal; that's a good last resource in case you want to send ESC when
 using other applications but not when inside Vim.
 
 
-1.11 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*
+1.11 MAPPING IN modifyOtherKeys mode			*modifyOtherKeys*
+
+Xterm and a few other terminals can be put in a mode where keys with modifiers
+are sent with a special escape code.  Vim recognizes these codes and can then
+make a difference between CTRL-H and Backspace, even when Backspace sends the
+character 8.  And many more special keys.
+
+For xterm modifyOtherKeys is enabled in the builtin termcap entry.  If this is
+not used you can enable modifyOtherKeys with these lines in your vimrc: >
+      let &t_TI = "\<Esc>[>4;2m"
+      let &t_TE = "\<Esc>[>4;m"
+
+In case the modifyOtherKeys mode causes problems you can disable it: >
+      let &t_TI = ""
+      let &t_TE = ""
+It does not take effect immediately.  To have this work without restarting Vim
+execute a shell command, e.g.: `!ls`  Or put the lines in your |vimrc|.
+
+When modifyOtherKeys is enabled you can map <C-[> and <C-S-{>: >
+	imap <C-[> [[[
+	imap <C-S-{> {{{
+Without modifyOtherKeys <C-[> and <C-S-{> are indistinguishable from Esc.
+
+A known side effect effect is that in Insert mode the raw escape sequence is
+inserted after the CTRL-V key.  This can be used to check whether
+modifyOtherKeys is enabled: In Insert mode type CTRL-V CTRL-V, if you get
+one byte then modifyOtherKeys is off, if you get <1b>27;5;118~ then it is on.
+
+When the 'esckeys' option is off, then modifyOtherKeys will be disabled in
+Insert mode to avoid every key with a modifier causing Insert mode to end.
+
+
+1.12 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*
 
 An operator is used before a {motion} command.  To define your own operator
 you must create mapping that first sets the 'operatorfunc' option and then

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 18
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -479,6 +479,9 @@ out-of-memory situation.  First make sure that any changes are saved.  Then
 try to solve the memory shortage.  To stay on the safe side, exit Vim and
 start again.
 
+If this happens while Vim is still initializing, editing files is very
+unlikely to work, therefore Vim will exit with value 123.
+
 Buffers are only partly kept in memory, thus editing a very large file is
 unlikely to cause an out-of-memory situation.  Undo information is completely
 in memory, you can reduce that with these options:
@@ -579,7 +582,8 @@ allowed for the command that was used.
 Vim was not able to create a swap file.  You can still edit the file, but if
 Vim unexpectedly exits the changes will be lost.  And Vim may consume a lot of
 memory when editing a big file.  You may want to change the 'directory' option
-to avoid this error.  See |swap-file|.
+to avoid this error.  This error is not given when 'directory' is empty.  See
+|swap-file|.
 
 							*E140*  >
   Use ! to write partial buffer
@@ -809,6 +813,8 @@ To reduce the number of hit-enter prompts:
 - Set 'cmdheight' to 2 or higher.
 - Add flags to 'shortmess'.
 - Reset 'showcmd' and/or 'ruler'.
+- Make sure `:echo` text is shorter than or equal to |v:echospace| screen
+  cells.
 
 If your script causes the hit-enter prompt and you don't know why, you may
 find the |v:scrollstart| variable useful.

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -227,6 +227,12 @@ g^			When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the first non-blank
 gm			Like "g0", but half a screenwidth to the right (or as
 			much as possible).
 
+							*gM*
+gM			Like "g0", but to halfway the text of the line.
+			With a count: to this percentage of text in the line.
+			Thus "10gM" is near the start of the text and "90gM"
+			is near the end of the text.
+
 							*g$* *g<End>*
 g$ or g<End>		When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the last character of
 			the screen line and [count - 1] screen lines downward
@@ -958,6 +964,7 @@ These commands are not marks themselves, but jump to a mark:
 			- numbered marks '0 - '9
 			- last insert position '^
 			- last change position '.
+			- last affected text area '[ and ']
 			- the Visual area '< and '>
 			- line numbers in placed signs
 			- line numbers in quickfix positions

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 21
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -856,6 +856,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:set background&
 <	Vim will guess the value.  In the GUI this should work correctly,
 	in other cases Vim might not be able to guess the right value.
+	If the GUI supports a dark theme, you can use the "d" flag in
+	'guioptions', see 'go-d'.
 
 	When the |t_RB| option is set, Vim will use it to request the background
 	color from the terminal.  If the returned RGB value is dark/light and
@@ -1193,7 +1195,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		    (mostly used in |Normal-mode| or |Cmdline-mode|).
 	esc	    hitting <Esc> in |Normal-mode|.
 	ex	    In |Visual-mode|, hitting |Q| results in an error.
-	hangul	    Error occurred when using hangul input.
+	hangul	    Ignored.
 	insertmode  Pressing <Esc> in 'insertmode'.
 	lang	    Calling the beep module for Lua/Mzscheme/TCL.
 	mess	    No output available for |g<|.
@@ -1683,8 +1685,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'comments' 'com'	string	(default
 				"s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://,b:#,:%,:XCOMM,n:>,fb:-")
 			local to buffer
-			{not available when compiled without the |+comments|
-			feature}
 	A comma separated list of strings that can start a comment line.  See
 	|format-comments|.  See |option-backslash| about using backslashes to
 	insert a space.
@@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'completeslash'* *'csl'*
 'completeslash' 'csl'	string	(default: "")
 			local to buffer
-			{not in Vi}  {only for MS-Windows}
+			{only for MS-Windows}
 	When this option is set it overrules 'shellslash' for completion:
 	- When this option is set to "slash", a forward slash is used for path
 	  completion in insert mode. This is useful when editing HTML tag, or
@@ -1917,7 +1917,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		    completion in a popup window.  Only works in combination
 		    with "menu" or "menuone".  Overrides "preview".
 		    See |'completepopup'| for specifying properties.
-		    {only works when compiled with the +textprop feature}
+		    {only works when compiled with the |+textprop| feature}
+
+	   popuphidden
+		    Just like "popup" but initially hide the popup.  Use a
+		    |CompleteChanged| autocommand to fetch the info and call
+		    |popup_show()| once the popup has been filled.
+		    See the example at |complete-popuphidden|.
+		    {only works when compiled with the |+textprop| feature}
 
 	   noinsert Do not insert any text for a match until the user selects
 		    a match from the menu. Only works in combination with
@@ -1934,7 +1941,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not available when compiled without the |+textprop|
 			or |+quickfix| feature}
 	When 'completeopt' contains "popup" then this option is used for the
-	properties of the info popup.  See |complete-popup|.
+	properties of the info popup when it is created.  You can also use
+	|popup_findinfo()| and then set properties for an existing info popup
+	with |popup_setoptions()|.  See |complete-popup|.
 
 
 						*'concealcursor'* *'cocu'*
@@ -2459,13 +2468,32 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to window
 			{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
 			feature}
-	Highlight the screen line of the cursor with CursorLine
-	|hl-CursorLine|.  Useful to easily spot the cursor.  Will make screen
-	redrawing slower.
+	Highlight the text line of the cursor with CursorLine |hl-CursorLine|.
+	Useful to easily spot the cursor.  Will make screen redrawing slower.
 	When Visual mode is active the highlighting isn't used to make it
 	easier to see the selected text.
 
 
+						*'cursorlineopt'* *'culopt'*
+'cursorlineopt' 'culopt' string (default: "number,line")
+			local to window
+			{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
+			feature}
+	Comma separated list of settings for how 'cursorline' is displayed.
+	Valid values:
+	"line"		Highlight the text line of the cursor with
+			CursorLine |hl-CursorLine|.
+	"screenline"	Highlight only the screen line of the cursor with
+			CursorLine |hl-CursorLine|.
+	"number"	Highlight the line number of the cursor with
+			CursorLineNr |hl-CursorLineNr|.
+
+	Special value:
+	"both"		Alias for the values "line,number".
+
+	"line" and "screenline" cannot be used together.
+
+
 						*'debug'*
 'debug'			string	(default "")
 			global
@@ -2563,7 +2591,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	security reasons.
 
 						*'dip'* *'diffopt'*
-'diffopt' 'dip'		string	(default "internal,filler")
+'diffopt' 'dip'		string	(default "internal,filler,closeoff")
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+diff|
 			feature}
@@ -2622,6 +2650,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		vertical	Start diff mode with vertical splits (unless
 				explicitly specified otherwise).
 
+		closeoff	When a window is closed where 'diff' is set
+				and there is only one window remaining in the
+				same tab page with 'diff' set, execute
+				`:diffoff` in that window.  This undoes a
+				`:diffsplit` command.
+
 		hiddenoff	Do not use diff mode for a buffer when it
 				becomes hidden.
 
@@ -2672,7 +2706,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	- The swap file will be created in the first directory where this is
 	  possible.
 	- Empty means that no swap file will be used (recovery is
-	  impossible!).
+	  impossible!) and no |E303| error will be given.
 	- A directory "." means to put the swap file in the same directory as
 	  the edited file.  On Unix, a dot is prepended to the file name, so
 	  it doesn't show in a directory listing.  On MS-Windows the "hidden"
@@ -2905,6 +2939,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	won't work by default.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
+	NOTE: when this option is off then the |modifyOtherKeys| functionality
+	is disabled while in Insert mode to avoid ending Insert mode with any
+	key that has a modifier.
 
 						*'eventignore'* *'ei'*
 'eventignore' 'ei'	string	(default "")
@@ -3718,6 +3755,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 								*'go-c'*
 	  'c'	Use console dialogs instead of popup dialogs for simple
 		choices.
+								*'go-d'*
+	  'd'	Use dark theme variant if available. Currently only works for
+		GTK+ GUI.
 								*'go-e'*
 	  'e'	Add tab pages when indicated with 'showtabline'.
 		'guitablabel' can be used to change the text in the labels.
@@ -3892,6 +3932,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				     "8:SpecialKey,~:EndOfBuffer,@:NonText,
 				     d:Directory,e:ErrorMsg,i:IncSearch,
 				     l:Search,m:MoreMsg,M:ModeMsg,n:LineNr,
+				     a:LineNrAbove,b:LineNrBelow,
 				     N:CursorLineNr,r:Question,s:StatusLine,
 				     S:StatusLineNC,c:VertSplit,t:Title,
 				     v:Visual,V:VisualNOS,w:WarningMsg,
@@ -3923,6 +3964,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|hl-ModeMsg|	 M  Mode (e.g., "-- INSERT --")
 	|hl-LineNr|	 n  line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and
 			    when 'number' or 'relativenumber' option is set.
+	|hl-LineNrAbove|   a  line number above the cursor for when the
+			    'relativenumber' option is set.
+	|hl-LineNrBelow|   b  line number below the cursor for when the
+			    'relativenumber' option is set.
 	|hl-CursorLineNr|  N like n for when 'cursorline' or 'relativenumber' is
 			    set.
 	|hl-Question|	 r  |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions
@@ -4815,9 +4860,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			off and the line continues beyond the right of the
 			screen.
 							*lcs-precedes*
-	  precedes:c	Character to show in the first column, when 'wrap'
-			is off and there is text preceding the character
-			visible in the first column.
+	  precedes:c	Character to show in the first visible column of the
+			physical line, when there is text preceding the
+			character visible in the first column.
 							*lcs-conceal*
 	  conceal:c	Character to show in place of concealed text, when
 			'conceallevel' is set to 1.
@@ -5160,12 +5205,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'mouse'* *E538*
 'mouse'			string	(default "", "a" for GUI, MS-DOS and Win32,
-						 set to "a" in |defaults.vim|)
+					set to "a" or "nvi" in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
-	Enable the use of the mouse.  Only works for certain terminals
-	(xterm, MS-DOS, Win32 |win32-mouse|, QNX pterm, *BSD console with
-	sysmouse and Linux console with gpm).  For using the mouse in the
-	GUI, see |gui-mouse|.
+	Enable the use of the mouse.  Works for most terminals (xterm, MS-DOS,
+	Win32 |win32-mouse|, QNX pterm, *BSD console with sysmouse and Linux
+	console with gpm).  For using the mouse in the GUI, see |gui-mouse|.
 	The mouse can be enabled for different modes:
 		n	Normal mode and Terminal modes
 		v	Visual mode
@@ -5176,7 +5220,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		r	for |hit-enter| and |more-prompt| prompt
 	Normally you would enable the mouse in all five modes with: >
 		:set mouse=a
-<	When the mouse is not enabled, the GUI will still use the mouse for
+<	If your terminal can't overrule the mouse events going to the
+	application, use: >
+		:set mouse=nvi
+<	The you can press ":", select text for the system, and press Esc to go
+	back to Vim using the mouse events.
+	In |defaults.vim| "nvi" is used if the 'term' option is not matching
+	"xterm".
+
+	When the mouse is not enabled, the GUI will still use the mouse for
 	modeless selection.  This doesn't move the text cursor.
 
 	See |mouse-using|.  Also see |'clipboard'|.
@@ -5195,6 +5247,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	mouse pointer is moved to the window with keyboard focus.  Off is the
 	default because it makes using the pull down menus a little goofy, as
 	a pointer transit may activate a window unintentionally.
+	MS-Windows: Also see 'scrollfocus' for what window is scrolled when
+	using the mouse scroll whel.
 
 			*'mousehide'* *'mh'* *'nomousehide'* *'nomh'*
 'mousehide' 'mh'	boolean	(default on)
@@ -6239,6 +6293,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	file.  This means that ":split | edit file" results in two windows
 	with scroll-binding, but ":split file" does not.
 
+			*'scrollfocus'* *'scf'* *'noscrollfocus'* *'noscf'*
+'scrollfocus' 'scf'	boolean  (default off)
+			global
+			{only for MS-Windows GUI}
+	When using the scroll wheel and this option is set, the window under
+	the mouse pointer is scrolled.  With this option off the current
+	window is scrolled.
+	Systems other than MS-Windows always behave like this option is on.
+
 						*'scrolljump'* *'sj'*
 'scrolljump' 'sj'	number	(default 1)
 			global
@@ -6410,8 +6473,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
 	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
 
-	If the name of the shell contains a space, you might need to enclose
-	it in quotes or escape the space.  Example with quotes: >
+	If the name of the shell contains a space, you need to enclose it in
+	quotes and escape the space.  Example with quotes: >
 		:set shell=\"c:\program\ files\unix\sh.exe\"\ -f
 <	Note the backslash before each quote (to avoid starting a comment) and
 	each space (to avoid ending the option value).  Also note that the
@@ -6466,10 +6529,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	For Unix the default it "| tee".  The stdout of the compiler is saved
 	in a file and echoed to the screen.  If the 'shell' option is "csh" or
 	"tcsh" after initializations, the default becomes "|& tee".  If the
-	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh" or "bash" the
-	default becomes "2>&1| tee".  This means that stderr is also included.
-	Before using the 'shell' option a path is removed, thus "/bin/sh" uses
-	"sh".
+	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh", "zsh-beta",
+	"bash" or "fish" the default becomes "2>&1| tee".  This means that
+	stderr is also included.  Before using the 'shell' option a path is
+	removed, thus "/bin/sh" uses "sh".
 	The initialization of this option is done after reading the ".vimrc"
 	and the other initializations, so that when the 'shell' option is set
 	there, the 'shellpipe' option changes automatically, unless it was
@@ -6509,13 +6572,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The name of the temporary file can be represented by "%s" if necessary
 	(the file name is appended automatically if no %s appears in the value
 	of this option).
-	The default is ">".  For Unix, if the 'shell' option is "csh", "tcsh"
-	or "zsh" during initializations, the default becomes ">&".  If the
-	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh" or "bash" the default becomes
-	">%s 2>&1".  This means that stderr is also included.
-	For Win32, the Unix checks are done and additionally "cmd" is checked
-	for, which makes the default ">%s 2>&1".  Also, the same names with
-	".exe" appended are checked for.
+	The default is ">".  For Unix, if the 'shell' option is "csh" or
+	"tcsh" during initializations, the default becomes ">&".  If the
+	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh", "zsh-beta",
+	"bash" or "fish", the default becomes ">%s 2>&1".  This means that
+	stderr is also included.  For Win32, the Unix checks are done and
+	additionally "cmd" is checked for, which makes the default ">%s 2>&1".
+	Also, the same names with ".exe" appended are checked for.
 	The initialization of this option is done after reading the ".vimrc"
 	and the other initializations, so that when the 'shell' option is set
 	there, the 'shellredir' option changes automatically unless it was
@@ -6695,7 +6758,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'showbreak'* *'sbr'* *E595*
 'showbreak' 'sbr'	string	(default "")
-			global
+			global or local to window |global-local|
 			{not available when compiled without the |+linebreak|
 			feature}
 	String to put at the start of lines that have been wrapped.  Useful
@@ -6712,7 +6775,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Note that tabs after the showbreak will be displayed differently.
 	If you want the 'showbreak' to appear in between line numbers, add the
 	"n" flag to 'cpoptions'.
-
+	A window-local value overrules a global value.  If the global value is
+	set and you want no value in the current window use NONE: >
+		:setlocal showbreak=NONE
+<
 				     *'showcmd'* *'sc'* *'noshowcmd'* *'nosc'*
 'showcmd' 'sc'		boolean	(Vim default: on, off for Unix,
 				       Vi default: off, set in |defaults.vim|)
@@ -7188,7 +7254,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	{ NF  Evaluate expression between '%{' and '}' and substitute result.
 	      Note that there is no '%' before the closing '}'.  The
 	      expression cannot contain a '}' character, call a function to
-	      work around that.
+	      work around that.  See |stl-%{| below.
 	( -   Start of item group.  Can be used for setting the width and
 	      alignment of a section.  Must be followed by %) somewhere.
 	) -   End of item group.  No width fields allowed.
@@ -7222,13 +7288,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:set statusline=...%(\ [%M%R%H]%)...
 <	Beware that an expression is evaluated each and every time the status
 	line is displayed.
-					*g:actual_curbuf* *g:actual_curwin*
-	The current buffer and current window will be set temporarily to that
-	of the window (and buffer) whose statusline is currently being drawn.
-	The expression will evaluate in this context.  The variable
-	"g:actual_curbuf" is set to the `bufnr()` number of the real current
-	buffer and "g:actual_curwin" to the |window-ID| of the real current
-	window.  These values are strings.
+				*stl-%{* *g:actual_curbuf* *g:actual_curwin*
+	While evaluationg %{} the current buffer and current window will be
+	set temporarily to that of the window (and buffer) whose statusline is
+	currently being drawn.  The expression will evaluate in this context.
+	The variable "g:actual_curbuf" is set to the `bufnr()` number of the
+	real current buffer and "g:actual_curwin" to the |window-ID| of the
+	real current window.  These values are strings.
 
 	The 'statusline' option will be evaluated in the |sandbox| if set from
 	a modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
@@ -7350,6 +7416,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   vsplit	Just like "split" but split vertically.
 	   newtab	Like "split", but open a new tab page.  Overrules
 			"split" when both are present.
+	   uselast	If included, jump to the previously used window when
+			jumping to errors with |quickfix| commands.
 
 						*'synmaxcol'* *'smc'*
 'synmaxcol' 'smc'	number	(default 3000)
@@ -8150,8 +8218,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						Win32 and OS/2)
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 	Maximum number of changes that can be undone.  Since undo information
-	is kept in memory, higher numbers will cause more memory to be used
-	(nevertheless, a single change can use an unlimited amount of memory).
+	is kept in memory, higher numbers will cause more memory to be used.
+	Nevertheless, a single change can already use a large amount of memory.
 	Set to 0 for Vi compatibility: One level of undo and "u" undoes
 	itself: >
 		set ul=0
@@ -8538,8 +8606,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	":map <BS> X" to make backspace delete the character in front of the
 	cursor.
 	When 'l' is included and it is used after an operator at the end of a
-	line then it will not move to the next line.  This makes "dl", "cl",
-	"yl" etc. work normally.
+	line (not an empty line) then it will not move to the next line.  This
+	makes "dl", "cl", "yl" etc. work normally.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
@@ -8657,6 +8725,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			complete first match.
 	"list:longest"	When more than one match, list all matches and
 			complete till longest common string.
+	"list:lastused" When more than one buffer matches, sort buffers
+			by time last used (other than the current buffer).
 	When there is only a single match, it is fully completed in all cases.
 
 	Examples: >
@@ -8880,6 +8950,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	fail (and make sure not to exit Vim until the write was successful).
 	See |backup-table| for another explanation.
 	When the 'backupskip' pattern matches, a backup is not made anyway.
+	Depending on 'backupcopy' the backup is a new file or the original
+	file renamed (and a new file is written).
 	NOTE: This option is set to the default value when 'compatible' is
 	set.
 

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 17
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 30
 
 	    ------------------------------------------------
 	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell
@@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ One may easily "bookmark" the currently browsed directory by using >
 								*.netrwbook*
 Bookmarks are retained in between sessions of vim in a file called .netrwbook
 as a |List|, which is typically stored in the first directory on the user's
-'runtimepath'; entries are kept in sorted order.
+|'runtimepath'|; entries are kept in sorted order.
 
 If there are marked files and/or directories, mb will add them to the bookmark
 list.
@@ -3512,7 +3512,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 			- Click "Add..."
 			- Set External Editor (adjust path as needed, include
 			  the quotes and !.! at the end):
-			    "c:\Program Files\Vim\vim70\gvim.exe" !.!
+			    "c:\Program Files\Vim\vim81\gvim.exe" !.!
 			- Check that the filetype in the box below is
 			  {asterisk}.{asterisk} (all files), or whatever types
 			  you want (cec: change {asterisk} to * ; I had to
@@ -3762,8 +3762,8 @@ by obtaining a copy of the latest (often developmental) netrw at:
 
 The <netrw.vim> script is typically installed on systems as something like:
 >
-	/usr/local/share/vim/vim7x/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim
-	/usr/local/share/vim/vim7x/autoload/netrw.vim
+	/usr/local/share/vim/vim8x/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim
+	/usr/local/share/vim/vim8x/autoload/netrw.vim
 		(see output of :echo &rtp)
 <
 which is loaded automatically at startup (assuming :set nocp).  If you
@@ -3842,6 +3842,18 @@ netrw:
 ==============================================================================
 12. History						*netrw-history* {{{1
 
+	v167:	Nov 29, 2019	* netrw does a save&restore on @* and @+.
+				  That causes problems with the clipboard.
+				  Now restores occurs only if @* or @+ have
+				  been changed.
+				* netrw will change @* or @+ less often.
+				  Never if I happen to have caught all the
+				  operations that modify the unnamed
+				  register (which also writes @*).
+				* Modified hiding behavior so that "s"
+				  will not ignore hiding.
+	v166:	Nov 06, 2019	* Removed a space from a nmap for "-"
+				* Numerous debugging statement changes
 	v163:	Dec 05, 2017	* (Cristi Balan) reported that a setting ('sel')
 				  was left changed
 				* (Holger Mitschke) reported a problem with
@@ -3852,6 +3864,8 @@ netrw:
 				* (Holger Mitschke) amended this help file
 				  with additional |g:netrw_special_syntax|
 				  items
+				* Prioritized wget over curl for
+				  g:netrw_http_cmd
 	v162:	Sep 19, 2016	* (haya14busa) pointed out two syntax errors
 				  with a patch; these are now fixed.
 		Oct 26, 2016	* I started using mate-terminal and found that
@@ -4285,4 +4299,4 @@ netrw:
 
 ==============================================================================
 Modelines: {{{1
- vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:fdm=marker
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:fdm=marker

runtime/doc/popup.txt

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 03
+*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
 
 
-Displaying text in a floating window.			*popup* *popup-window*
+Displaying text in a floating window.	*popup* *popup-window* *popupwin*
 
 
 1. Introduction			|popup-intro|
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ Displaying text in a floating window.			*popup* *popup-window*
 3. Usage			|popup-usage|
    popup_create() arguments	|popup_create-arguments|
    Popup text properties	|popup-props|
+   Position popup with textprop	|popup-textprop-pos|
    Popup filter			|popup-filter|
    Popup callback		|popup-callback|
    Popup scrollbar		|popup-scrollbar|
@@ -23,7 +24,7 @@ Displaying text in a floating window.			*popup* *popup-window*
 4. Examples			|popup-examples|
 
 
-{not available if the |+textprop| feature was disabled at compile time}
+{not available if the |+popupwin| feature was disabled at compile time}
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Introduction						*popup-intro*
@@ -124,7 +125,9 @@ is always associated with the popup window and manipulation is restricted:
 It is possible to change the specifically mentioned options, but anything
 might break then, so better leave them alone.
 
-The window does have a cursor position, but the cursor is not displayed.
+The window does have a cursor position, but the cursor is not displayed.  In
+fact, the cursor in the underlying window is displayed, as if it peeks through
+the popup, so you can see where it is.
 
 To execute a command in the context of the popup window and buffer use
 `win_execute()`.  Example: >
@@ -134,9 +137,7 @@ Options can be set on the window with `setwinvar()`, e.g.: >
 	call setwinvar(winid, '&wrap', 0)
 And options can be set on the buffer with `setbufvar()`, e.g.: >
 	call setbufvar(winbufnr(winid), '&filetype', 'java')
-Note that this does not trigger autocommands.  Use `win_execute()` if you do
-need them.
-
+You can also use `win_execute()` with a ":setlocal" command.
 
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -185,6 +186,11 @@ popup_atcursor({what}, {options})			*popup_atcursor()*
 				\ moved: 'WORD',
 				\ })
 <		Use {options} to change the properties.
+		If "pos" is passed as "topleft" then the default for "line"
+		becomes "cursor+1".
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetText()->popup_atcursor({})
 
 
 popup_beval({what}, {options})			*popup_beval()*
@@ -198,9 +204,11 @@ popup_beval({what}, {options})			*popup_beval()*
 			\ mousemoved: 'WORD',
 			\ })
 <		Use {options} to change the properties.
-		See |popup_beval_example| for an example use.
-
+		See |popup_beval_example| for an example.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetText()->popup_beval({})
+<
 							*popup_clear()*
 popup_clear()	Emergency solution to a misbehaving plugin: close all popup
 		windows for the current tab and global popups.
@@ -215,6 +223,8 @@ popup_close({id} [, {result}])				*popup_close()*
 		it will be passed as the second argument of the callback.
 		Otherwise zero is passed to the callback.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_close()
 
 popup_create({what}, {options})				*popup_create()*
 		Open a popup window showing {what}, which is either:
@@ -237,6 +247,8 @@ popup_create({what}, {options})				*popup_create()*
 			call setbufline(bufnr, 2, 'second line')
 <		In case of failure zero is returned.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetText()->popup_create({})
 
 popup_dialog({what}, {options})				*popup_dialog()*
 		Just like |popup_create()| but with these default options: >
@@ -258,6 +270,8 @@ popup_dialog({what}, {options})				*popup_dialog()*
 <		By default the dialog can be dragged, so that text below it
 		can be read if needed.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetText()->popup_dialog({})
 
 popup_filter_menu({id}, {key})				*popup_filter_menu()*
 		Filter that can be used for a popup. These keys can be used:
@@ -293,8 +307,9 @@ popup_findinfo()					*popup_findinfo()*
 		Get the |window-ID| for the popup info window, as it used by
 		the popup menu.  See |complete-popup|.  The info popup is
 		hidden when not used, it can be deleted with |popup_clear()|
-		and |popup_close()|.
-		Return zero if there is none.
+		and |popup_close()|.  Use |popup_show()| to reposition it to
+		the item in the popup menu.
+		Returns zero if there is none.
 
 
 popup_findpreview()					*popup_findpreview()*
@@ -302,7 +317,6 @@ popup_findpreview()					*popup_findpreview()*
 		Return zero if there is none.
 
 
-
 popup_getoptions({id})					*popup_getoptions()*
 		Return the {options} for popup {id} in a Dict.
 		A zero value means the option was not set.  For "zindex" the
@@ -314,6 +328,10 @@ popup_getoptions({id})					*popup_getoptions()*
 		The "mousemoved" entry is a list with screen row, minimum and
 		maximum screen column, [0, 0, 0] when not set.
 
+		"firstline" is the property set on the popup, unlike the
+		"firstline" obtained with |popup_getpos()| which is the actual
+		buffer line at the top of the popup window.
+
 		"border" and "padding" are not included when all values are
 		zero.  When all values are one then an empty list is included.
 
@@ -325,8 +343,13 @@ popup_getoptions({id})					*popup_getoptions()*
 		the current tabpage and a positive number for a popup on
 		another tabpage.
 
+		"textprop", "textpropid" and "textpropwin" are only present
+		when "textprop" was set.
+
 		If popup window {id} is not found an empty Dict is returned.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_getoptions()
 
 popup_getpos({id})					*popup_getpos()*
 		Return the position and size of popup {id}.  Returns a Dict
@@ -340,6 +363,9 @@ popup_getpos({id})					*popup_getpos()*
 		    core_width	width of the text box in screen cells
 		    core_height	height of the text box in screen cells
 		    firstline	line of the buffer at top (1 unless scrolled)
+				(not the value of the "firstline" property)
+		    lastline	line of the buffer at the bottom (updated when
+				the popup is redrawn)
 		    scrollbar	non-zero if a scrollbar is displayed
 		    visible	one if the popup is displayed, zero if hidden
 		Note that these are the actual screen positions.  They differ
@@ -350,6 +376,8 @@ popup_getpos({id})					*popup_getpos()*
 
 		If popup window {id} is not found an empty Dict is returned.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_getpos()
 
 popup_hide({id})						*popup_hide()*
 		If {id} is a displayed popup, hide it now. If the popup has a
@@ -358,6 +386,8 @@ popup_hide({id})						*popup_hide()*
 		If window {id} does not exist nothing happens.  If window {id}
 		exists but is not a popup window an error is given. *E993*
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_hide()
 
 popup_locate({row}, {col})				 *popup_locate()*
 		Return the |window-ID| of the popup at screen position {row}
@@ -395,6 +425,8 @@ popup_menu({what}, {options})				 *popup_menu()*
 				\ callback: 'ColorSelected',
 				\ })
 
+<		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChoices()->popup_menu({})
 
 popup_move({id}, {options})					*popup_move()*
 		Move popup {id} to the position specified with {options}.
@@ -411,6 +443,8 @@ popup_move({id}, {options})					*popup_move()*
 		For {id} see `popup_hide()`.
 		For other options see |popup_setoptions()|.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_move(options)
 
 popup_notification({what}, {options})			 *popup_notification()*
 		Show the {what} for 3 seconds at the top of the Vim window.
@@ -431,17 +465,21 @@ popup_notification({what}, {options})			 *popup_notification()*
 <		The PopupNotification highlight group is used instead of
 		WarningMsg if it is defined.
 
-		Without the |+timers| feature the poup will not disappear
+		Without the |+timers| feature the popup will not disappear
 		automatically, the user has to click in it.
 
 		The position will be adjusted to avoid overlap with other
 		notifications.
 		Use {options} to change the properties.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetText()->popup_notification({})
 
 popup_show({id})						*popup_show()*
 		If {id} is a hidden popup, show it now.
 		For {id} see `popup_hide()`.
+		If {id} is the info popup it will be positioned next to the
+		current popup menu item.
 
 
 popup_setoptions({id}, {options})			*popup_setoptions()*
@@ -474,13 +512,18 @@ popup_setoptions({id}, {options})			*popup_setoptions()*
 		For "hidden" use |popup_hide()| and |popup_show()|.
 		"tabpage" cannot be changed.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_setoptions(options)
+
 popup_settext({id}, {text})				*popup_settext()*
-		Set the text of the buffer in poup win {id}. {text} is the
+		Set the text of the buffer in popup win {id}. {text} is the
 		same as supplied to |popup_create()|, except that a buffer
 		number is not allowed.
 		Does not change the window size or position, other than caused
 		by the different text.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_settext('hello')
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Usage						*popup-usage*
@@ -501,23 +544,44 @@ properties.  It is in one of four forms:
 			dictionary with a "col" entry, see below:
 			|popup-props|.
 
+If you want to create a new buffer yourself use |bufadd()| and pass the buffer
+number to popup_create().
+It is not possible to use the buffer of a terminal window. *E278*
+
 The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 	line		Screen line where to position the popup.  Can use a
 			number or "cursor", "cursor+1" or "cursor-1" to use
 			the line of the cursor and add or subtract a number of
 			lines.  If omitted the popup is vertically centered.
 			The first line is 1.
+			When using "textprop" the number is relative to the
+			text property and can be negative.
 	col		Screen column where to position the popup.  Can use a
 			number or "cursor" to use the column of the cursor,
 			"cursor+9" or "cursor-9" to add or subtract a number
 			of columns.  If omitted the popup is horizontally
 			centered.  The first column is 1.
+			When using "textprop" the number is relative to the
+			text property and can be negative.
 	pos		"topleft", "topright", "botleft" or "botright":
 			defines what corner of the popup "line" and "col" are
 			used for.  When not set "topleft" is used.
 			Alternatively "center" can be used to position the
 			popup in the center of the Vim window, in which case
 			"line" and "col" are ignored.
+	posinvert	When FALSE the value of "pos" is always used.  When
+			TRUE (the default) and the popup does not fit
+			vertically and there is more space on the other side
+			then the popup is placed on the other side of the
+			position indicated by "line".
+	textprop	When present the popup is positioned next to a text
+			property with this name and will move when the text
+			property moves.  Use an empty string to remove.  See
+			|popup-textprop-pos|.
+	textpropwin	What window to search for the text property.  When
+			omitted or invalid the current window is used.
+	textpropid	Used to identify the text property when "textprop" is
+			present. Use zero to reset.
 	fixed		When FALSE (the default), and:
 			 - "pos" is "botleft" or "topleft", and
 			 - "wrap" is off, and
@@ -543,6 +607,7 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 	firstline	First buffer line to display.  When larger than one it
 			looks like the text scrolled up.  When out of range
 			the last buffer line will at the top of the window.
+			Set to zero to leave the position as set by commands.
 			Also see "scrollbar".
 	hidden		When TRUE the popup exists but is not displayed; use
 			`popup_show()` to unhide it.
@@ -559,13 +624,13 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 			start and end as padding.
 	wrap		TRUE to make the lines wrap (default TRUE).
 	drag		TRUE to allow the popup to be dragged with the mouse
-			by grabbing at at the border.  Has no effect if the
+			by grabbing at the border.  Has no effect if the
 			popup does not have a border. As soon as dragging
 			starts and "pos" is "center" it is changed to
 			"topleft".
 	resize		TRUE to allow the popup to be resized with the mouse
-			by grabbing at at the bottom right cornder.  Has no
-			effect if the popup does not have a border.
+			by grabbing at the bottom right corner.  Has no effect
+			if the popup does not have a border.
 	close		When "button" an X is displayed in the top-right, on
 			top of any border, padding or text.  When clicked on
 			the X the popup will close.  Any callback is invoked
@@ -626,8 +691,15 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 			- "expr": if the cursor moved outside |<cexpr>|
 			- [{start}, {end}]: if the cursor moved before column
 			  {start} or after {end}
+			- [{lnum}, {start}, {end}]: if the cursor moved away
+			  from line {lnum}, before column {start} or after
+			  {end}
+			- [0, 0, 0] do not close the popup when the cursor
+			  moves
 			The popup also closes if the cursor moves to another
 			line or to another window.
+	mousemoved	Like "moved" but referring to the mouse pointer
+			position
 	cursorline	non-zero: Highlight the cursor line. Also scrolls the
 				  text to show this line (only works properly
 				  when 'wrap' is off).
@@ -638,6 +710,18 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 	mapping		Allow for key mapping.  When FALSE and the popup is
 			visible and has a filter callback key mapping is
 			disabled.  Default value is TRUE.
+	filtermode	In which modes the filter is used (same flags as with
+			|hasmapto()| plus "a"):
+				n	Normal mode
+				v	Visual and Select mode
+				x	Visual mode
+				s	Select mode
+				o	Operator-pending mode
+				i	Insert mode
+				l	Language-Argument ("r", "f", "t", etc.)
+				c	Command-line mode
+				a	all modes
+			The default value is "a".
 	callback	A callback that is called when the popup closes, e.g.
 			when using |popup_filter_menu()|, see |popup-callback|.
 
@@ -670,6 +754,72 @@ So we get:
 			|prop_type_add()|
 
 
+POSITION POPUP WITH TEXTPROP				*popup-textprop-pos*
+
+Positioning a popup next to a text property causes the popup to move when text
+is inserted or deleted.  The popup functions like a tooltip.
+
+These steps are needed to make this work:
+
+- Define a text property type, it defines the name. >
+	call prop_type_add('popupMarker', {})
+
+- Place a text property at the desired text: >
+	let lnum = {line of the text}
+	let col = {start column of the text}
+	let len = {length of the text}
+	let propId = {arbitrary but unique number}
+	call prop_add(lnum, col, #{
+		\ length: len,
+		\ type: 'popupMarker',
+		\ id: propId,
+		\ })
+
+- Create a popup: >
+	let winid = popup_create('the text', #{
+		\ pos: 'botleft',
+		\ textprop: 'popupMarker',
+		\ textpropid: propId,
+		\ border: [],
+		\ padding: [0,1,0,1],
+		\ close: 'click',
+		\ })
+
+By default the popup is positioned at the corner of the text, opposite of the
+"pos" specified for the popup.  Thus when the popup uses "botleft", the
+bottom-left corner of the popup is positioned next to the top-right corner of
+the text property:
+			  +----------+
+			  | the text |
+			  +----------+
+	just some PROPERTY as an example
+
+Here the text property is on "PROPERTY".  Move the popup to the left by
+passing a negative "col" value to popup_create().  With "col: -5" you get:
+
+		     +----------+
+		     | the text |
+		     +----------+
+	just some PROPERTY as an example
+
+If the text property moves out of view then the popup will be hidden.
+If the window for which the popup was defined is closed, the popup is closed.
+
+If the popup cannot fit in the desired position, it may show at a nearby
+position.
+
+Some hints:
+- To avoid collision with other plugins the text property type name has to be
+  unique.  You can also use the "bufnr" item to make it local to a buffer.
+- You can leave out the text property ID if there is only ever one text
+  property visible.
+- The popup may be in the way of what the user is doing, making it close with
+  a click, as in the example above, helps for that.
+- If the text property is removed the popup is closed.  Use something like
+  this: >
+	call prop_remove(#{type: 'popupMarker', id: propId})
+
+
 POPUP FILTER						*popup-filter*
 
 A callback that gets any typed keys while a popup is displayed.  The filter is
@@ -694,20 +844,26 @@ key as a string, e.g.: >
 	  endif
 	  return 0
 	endfunc
-<							*popup-mapping*
+<							*popup-filter-mode*
+The "filtermode" property can be used to specify in what mode the filter is
+invoked.  The default is "a": all modes.  When using "nvi" Command-line mode
+is not included, so that any command typed on the command line is not
+filtered.  However, to get to Command-line mode the filter must not consume
+":".  Just like it must not consume "v" to allow for entering Visual mode.
+
+							*popup-mapping*
 Normally the key is what results after any mapping, since the keys pass on as
 normal input if the filter does not use it.  If the filter consumes all the
 keys, set the "mapping" property to zero so that mappings do not get in the
 way.  This is default for |popup_menu()| and |popup_dialog()|.
 
-Some common key actions:
+Some recommended key actions:
 	x		close the popup (see note below)
 	cursor keys	select another entry
 	Tab		accept current suggestion
 
-A mouse click arrives as <LeftMouse>.  The coordinates are in
-v:mouse_popup_col and v:mouse_popup_row.  The top-left screen cell of the
-popup is col 1, row 1 (not counting the border).
+A mouse click arrives as <LeftMouse>.  The coordinates can be obtained with
+|getmousepos()|.
 
 Vim provides standard filters |popup_filter_menu()| and
 |popup_filter_yesno()|.
@@ -851,7 +1007,7 @@ this example simulated with a timer callback: >
 	    call popup_close(s:winid)
 	    let s:winid = 0
 	  endif
-	  " simulate an asynchronous loopup for the text to display
+	  " simulate an asynchronous lookup for the text to display
 	  let s:balloonText = v:beval_text
 	  call timer_start(100, 'ShowPopup')
 	  return ''

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 06
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
 				etc.
 <			When the current file can't be |abandon|ed and the [!]
 			is not present, the command fails.
-			When an error is detected execution stops.
+			When going to the next entry fails execution stops.
 			The last buffer (or where an error occurred) becomes
 			the current buffer.
 			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 20
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ N is used to indicate an optional count that can be given before the command.
 |g$|	N  g$		to last character in screen line (differs from "$"
 			   when lines wrap)
 |gm|	   gm		to middle of the screen line
+|gM|	   gM		to middle of the line
 |bar|	N  |		to column N (default: 1)
 |f|	N  f{char}	to the Nth occurrence of {char} to the right
 |F|	N  F{char}	to the Nth occurrence of {char} to the left
@@ -291,7 +292,7 @@ moving around:
 |i_CTRL-A|	CTRL-A		  insert previously inserted text
 |i_CTRL-@|	CTRL-@		  insert previously inserted text and stop
 				     Insert mode
-|i_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {0-9a-z%#:.-="}  insert the contents of a register
+|i_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {register} insert the contents of a register
 
 |i_CTRL-N|	CTRL-N		  insert next match of identifier before the
 				     cursor
@@ -670,6 +671,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'cursorbind'	  'crb'     move cursor in window as it moves in other windows
 'cursorcolumn'	  'cuc'	    highlight the screen column of the cursor
 'cursorline'	  'cul'	    highlight the screen line of the cursor
+'cursorlineopt'	  'culopt'  settings for 'cursorline'
 'debug'			    set to "msg" to see all error messages
 'define'	  'def'     pattern to be used to find a macro definition
 'delcombine'	  'deco'    delete combining characters on their own
@@ -867,6 +869,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'runtimepath'	  'rtp'     list of directories used for runtime files
 'scroll'	  'scr'     lines to scroll with CTRL-U and CTRL-D
 'scrollbind'	  'scb'     scroll in window as other windows scroll
+'scrollfocus'	  'scf'     scroll wheel applies to window under pointer
 'scrolljump'	  'sj'	    minimum number of lines to scroll
 'scrolloff'	  'so'	    minimum nr. of lines above and below cursor
 'scrollopt'	  'sbo'     how 'scrollbind' should behave
@@ -1076,8 +1079,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 				      three digits)
 |c_CTRL-K|	CTRL-K {char1} {char2}
 				   enter digraph (See |Q_di|)
-|c_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#:-=}
-				   insert the contents of a register
+|c_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {register}  insert the contents of a register
 
 |c_<Left>|	<Left>/<Right>	   cursor left/right
 |c_<S-Left>|	<S-Left>/<S-Right> cursor one word left/right

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 14
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -219,10 +219,10 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 
 			When {file} contains wildcards it is expanded to all
 			matching files.  Example: >
-				:runtime! plugin/*.vim
+				:runtime! plugin/**/*.vim
 <			This is what Vim uses to load the plugin files when
 			starting up.  This similar command: >
-				:runtime plugin/*.vim
+				:runtime plugin/**/*.vim
 <			would source the first file only.
 
 			When 'verbose' is one or higher, there is a message

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ When signs are defined for a file, Vim will automatically add a column of two
 characters to display them in.  When the last sign is unplaced the column
 disappears again.  This behavior can be changed with the 'signcolumn' option.
 
-The color of the column is set with the SignColumn group |hl-SignColumn|.
-Example to set the color: >
+The color of the column is set with the SignColumn highlight group
+|hl-SignColumn|.  Example to set the color: >
 
 	:highlight SignColumn guibg=darkgrey
 <
@@ -71,6 +71,10 @@ placed in the named group. The sign identifier is unique within a group. The
 sign group allows Vim plugins to use unique signs without interfering with
 other plugins using signs.
 
+To place a sign in a popup window the group name must start with "PopUp".
+Other signs will not show in a popup window.  The group name "PopUpMenu" is
+used by popup windows where 'cursorline' is set.
+
 							*sign-priority*
 Each placed sign is assigned a priority value. When multiple signs are placed
 on the same line, the attributes of the sign with the highest priority is used
@@ -371,7 +375,7 @@ sign_define({list})
 
 		The one argument {list} can be used to define a list of signs.
 		Each list item is a dictionary with the above items in {dict}
-		and a 'name' item for the sign name.
+		and a "name" item for the sign name.
 
 		Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.  When the one argument
 		{list} is used, then returns a List of values one for each
@@ -389,6 +393,9 @@ sign_define({list})
 				\  'text' : '!!'}
 				\ ])
 <
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignList()->sign_define()
+
 sign_getdefined([{name}])				*sign_getdefined()*
 		Get a list of defined signs and their attributes.
 		This is similar to the |:sign-list| command.
@@ -417,6 +424,9 @@ sign_getdefined([{name}])				*sign_getdefined()*
 			" Get the attribute of the sign named mySign
 			echo sign_getdefined("mySign")
 <
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignList()->sign_getdefined()
+
 sign_getplaced([{expr} [, {dict}]])			*sign_getplaced()*
 		Return a list of signs placed in a buffer or all the buffers.
 		This is similar to the |:sign-place-list| command.
@@ -476,6 +486,9 @@ sign_getplaced([{expr} [, {dict}]])			*sign_getplaced()*
 
 			" Get a List of all the placed signs
 			echo sign_getplaced()
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufname()->sign_getplaced()
 <
 							*sign_jump()*
 sign_jump({id}, {group}, {expr})
@@ -492,7 +505,9 @@ sign_jump({id}, {group}, {expr})
 			" Jump to sign 10 in the current buffer
 			call sign_jump(10, '', '')
 <
-
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignid()->sign_jump()
+<
 							*sign_place()*
 sign_place({id}, {group}, {name}, {expr} [, {dict}])
 		Place the sign defined as {name} at line {lnum} in file or
@@ -542,7 +557,9 @@ sign_place({id}, {group}, {name}, {expr} [, {dict}])
 			call sign_place(10, 'g3', 'sign4', 'json.c',
 					\ {'lnum' : 40, 'priority' : 90})
 <
-
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignid()->sign_place(group, name, expr)
+<
 							*sign_placelist()*
 sign_placelist({list})
 		Place one or more signs.  This is similar to the
@@ -602,6 +619,8 @@ sign_placelist({list})
 				\  'lnum' : 50}
 				\ ])
 <
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignlist()->sign_placelist()
 
 sign_undefine([{name}])					*sign_undefine()*
 sign_undefine({list})
@@ -626,6 +645,8 @@ sign_undefine({list})
 			" Delete all the signs
 			call sign_undefine()
 <
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignlist()->sign_undefine()
 
 sign_unplace({group} [, {dict}])			*sign_unplace()*
 		Remove a previously placed sign in one or more buffers.  This
@@ -668,6 +689,9 @@ sign_unplace({group} [, {dict}])			*sign_unplace()*
 
 			" Remove all the placed signs from all the buffers
 			call sign_unplace('*')
+
+<		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSigngroup()->sign_unplace()
 <
 sign_unplacelist({list})				*sign_unplacelist()*
 		Remove previously placed signs from one or more buffers.  This
@@ -697,5 +721,8 @@ sign_unplacelist({list})				*sign_unplacelist()*
 				\ {'id' : 20, 'buffer' : 'b.vim'},
 				\ ])
 <
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignlist()->sign_unplacelist()
+<
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		This can be used to find out where time is spent while loading
 		your .vimrc, plugins and opening the first file.
 		When {fname} already exists new messages are appended.
-		(Only available when compiled with the |+startuptime|
-		feature).
+		{only available when compiled with the |+startuptime|
+		feature}
 
 							*--literal*
 --literal	Take file names literally, don't expand wildcards.  Not needed
@@ -311,10 +311,10 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 -l		Lisp mode.  Sets the 'lisp' and 'showmatch' options on.
 
 							*-A*
--A		Arabic mode.  Sets the 'arabic' option on.  (Only when
+-A		Arabic mode.  Sets the 'arabic' option on.  {only when
 		compiled with the |+arabic| features (which include
 		|+rightleft|), otherwise Vim gives an error message
-		and exits.)
+		and exits}
 
 							*-F*
 -F		This was used for Farsi mode, which has been removed.
@@ -322,8 +322,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 
 							*-H*
 -H		Hebrew mode.  Sets the 'hkmap' and 'rightleft' options on.
-		(Only when compiled with the |+rightleft| feature, otherwise
-		Vim gives an error message and exits.)
+		{only when compiled with the |+rightleft| feature, otherwise
+		Vim gives an error message and exits}
 
 							*-V* *verbose*
 -V[N]		Verbose.  Sets the 'verbose' option to [N] (default: 10).

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 15
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
 the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|).  Usually this works just
 fine.  If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
 directory where the Vim stuff is located.  For example, if your syntax files
-are in the "/usr/vim/vim50/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
-"/usr/vim/vim50".  You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
+are in the "/usr/vim/vim81/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
+"/usr/vim/vim81".  You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
 This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
 will start soon.  See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
 
@@ -476,6 +476,16 @@ conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
 script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
 specifying each command separately.
 
+				    *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
+When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
+as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
+current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
+have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
+differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
+your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
+
+	hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
+<
 							 *g:html_number_lines*
 Default: current 'number' setting.
 When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
@@ -507,8 +517,8 @@ For example: >
 <
 							      *g:html_use_css*
 Default: 1.
-When 1, generate valid HTML 4.01 markup with CSS1 styling, supported in all
-modern browsers and most old browsers.
+When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
+browsers and many old browsers.
 When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
 recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
 forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
@@ -580,23 +590,43 @@ affected in this way as follows:
 Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
 	:let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
 <
-This feature is currently implemented by inserting read-only <input> elements
-into the markup to contain the uncopyable areas. This does not work well in
-all cases. When pasting to some applications which understand HTML, the
-<input> elements also get pasted. But plain-text paste destinations should
-always work.
+The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
+of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
+
+						    *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
+Default: "fallback"
+If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
+
+When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
+uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
+selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
+pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
+invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
+Note: this method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
+browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
+
+When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
+older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
+<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
+to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
+number of browsers, both old and new.
+
+When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
+generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
+Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
+the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
+standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
 
 							   *g:html_no_invalid*
 Default: 0.
-When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, an invalid attribute is
-intentionally inserted into the <input> element for the uncopyable areas. This
-increases the number of applications you can paste to without also pasting the
-<input> elements. Specifically, Microsoft Word will not paste the <input>
-elements if they contain this invalid attribute.
-When 1, no invalid markup is ever intentionally inserted, and the generated
-page should validate. However, be careful pasting into Microsoft Word when
-|g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty; it can be hard to get rid of the <input>
-elements which get pasted.
+When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
+not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
+element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
+in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
+paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
+invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
+<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
+remove afterward.
 
 							 *g:html_hover_unfold*
 Default: 0.
@@ -936,10 +966,12 @@ Basic.
 C							*c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
 
 A few things in C highlighting are optional.  To enable them assign any value
-to the respective variable.  Example: >
+(including zero) to the respective variable.  Example: >
 	:let c_comment_strings = 1
-To disable them use ":unlet".  Example: >
+	:let c_no_bracket_error = 0
+To disable them use `:unlet`.  Example: >
 	:unlet c_comment_strings
+Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
 
 An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
 	:set filetype=cpp
@@ -955,8 +987,8 @@ Variable		Highlight ~
 				except { and } in first column
 				Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
 				can't spot a missing ")".
-*c_curly_error*		highlight a missing }; this forces syncing from the
-			start of the file, can be slow
+*c_curly_error*		highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
+			forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
 *c_no_ansi*		don't do standard ANSI types and constants
 *c_ansi_typedefs*		 ... but do standard ANSI types
 *c_ansi_constants*	 ... but do standard ANSI constants
@@ -1158,6 +1190,26 @@ startup vimrc: >
    :let filetype_w = "cweb"
 
 
+DART						*dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
+
+Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
+used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications.  Dart uses
+a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
+from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
+
+More information about the language and its development environment at the
+official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
+
+dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
+type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
+and comments.  There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
+framework.
+
+Changes, fixes?  Submit an issue or pull request via:
+
+https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
+
+
 DESKTOP					   *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
 
 Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
@@ -1746,7 +1798,7 @@ There are several html preprocessor languages out there.  html.vim has been
 written such that it should be trivial to include it.  To do so add the
 following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
 (the example comes from the asp.vim file):
-
+>
     runtime! syntax/html.vim
     syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
 
@@ -1923,6 +1975,16 @@ displayed line.  The default value is 10.  The disadvantage of using a larger
 number is that redrawing can become slow.
 
 
+JSON						*json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
+
+The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
+default. To disable concealment: >
+	let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
+
+To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
+	let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
+
+
 LACE						*lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
 
 Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
@@ -2711,10 +2773,10 @@ To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
 To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
 `rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
 	let rst_syntax_code_list = {
-		\ 'cpp' = ['cpp', 'c++'],
-                \ 'bash' = ['bash', 'sh'],
+		\ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
+		\ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
 		...
-	}
+	\ }
 
 To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
 	let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
@@ -5041,8 +5103,15 @@ IncSearch	'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
 							*hl-LineNr*
 LineNr		Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
 		or 'relativenumber' option is set.
+							*hl-LineNrAbove*
+LineNrAbove	Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
+		option is set, above the cursor line.
+							*hl-LineNrBelow*
+LineNrBelow	Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
+		option is set, below the cursor line.
 							*hl-CursorLineNr*
-CursorLineNr	Like LineNr when 'cursorline' or 'relativenumber' is set for
+CursorLineNr	Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt' is
+		set to "number" or "both", or 'relativenumber' is set, for
 		the cursor line.
 							*hl-MatchParen*
 MatchParen	The character under the cursor or just before it, if it

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -150,6 +150,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'complete'	options.txt	/*'complete'*
 'completefunc'	options.txt	/*'completefunc'*
 'completeopt'	options.txt	/*'completeopt'*
+'completepopup'	options.txt	/*'completepopup'*
 'completeslash'	options.txt	/*'completeslash'*
 'concealcursor'	options.txt	/*'concealcursor'*
 'conceallevel'	options.txt	/*'conceallevel'*
@@ -161,6 +162,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'cp'	options.txt	/*'cp'*
 'cpo'	options.txt	/*'cpo'*
 'cpoptions'	options.txt	/*'cpoptions'*
+'cpp'	options.txt	/*'cpp'*
 'cpt'	options.txt	/*'cpt'*
 'crb'	options.txt	/*'crb'*
 'cryptmethod'	options.txt	/*'cryptmethod'*
@@ -181,9 +183,11 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'csverb'	options.txt	/*'csverb'*
 'cuc'	options.txt	/*'cuc'*
 'cul'	options.txt	/*'cul'*
+'culopt'	options.txt	/*'culopt'*
 'cursorbind'	options.txt	/*'cursorbind'*
 'cursorcolumn'	options.txt	/*'cursorcolumn'*
 'cursorline'	options.txt	/*'cursorline'*
+'cursorlineopt'	options.txt	/*'cursorlineopt'*
 'cwh'	options.txt	/*'cwh'*
 'debug'	options.txt	/*'debug'*
 'deco'	options.txt	/*'deco'*
@@ -308,6 +312,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'go-a'	options.txt	/*'go-a'*
 'go-b'	options.txt	/*'go-b'*
 'go-c'	options.txt	/*'go-c'*
+'go-d'	options.txt	/*'go-d'*
 'go-e'	options.txt	/*'go-e'*
 'go-f'	options.txt	/*'go-f'*
 'go-g'	options.txt	/*'go-g'*
@@ -658,7 +663,9 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'nosb'	options.txt	/*'nosb'*
 'nosc'	options.txt	/*'nosc'*
 'noscb'	options.txt	/*'noscb'*
+'noscf'	options.txt	/*'noscf'*
 'noscrollbind'	options.txt	/*'noscrollbind'*
+'noscrollfocus'	options.txt	/*'noscrollfocus'*
 'noscs'	options.txt	/*'noscs'*
 'nosecure'	options.txt	/*'nosecure'*
 'nosft'	options.txt	/*'nosft'*
@@ -838,10 +845,12 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'sbr'	options.txt	/*'sbr'*
 'sc'	options.txt	/*'sc'*
 'scb'	options.txt	/*'scb'*
+'scf'	options.txt	/*'scf'*
 'scl'	options.txt	/*'scl'*
 'scr'	options.txt	/*'scr'*
 'scroll'	options.txt	/*'scroll'*
 'scrollbind'	options.txt	/*'scrollbind'*
+'scrollfocus'	options.txt	/*'scrollfocus'*
 'scrolljump'	options.txt	/*'scrolljump'*
 'scrolloff'	options.txt	/*'scrolloff'*
 'scrollopt'	options.txt	/*'scrollopt'*
@@ -1011,6 +1020,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 't_Sb'	term.txt	/*'t_Sb'*
 't_Sf'	term.txt	/*'t_Sf'*
 't_Si'	term.txt	/*'t_Si'*
+'t_TE'	term.txt	/*'t_TE'*
+'t_TI'	term.txt	/*'t_TI'*
 't_Te'	term.txt	/*'t_Te'*
 't_Ts'	term.txt	/*'t_Ts'*
 't_VS'	term.txt	/*'t_VS'*
@@ -1342,6 +1353,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +perl	various.txt	/*+perl*
 +perl/dyn	various.txt	/*+perl\/dyn*
 +persistent_undo	various.txt	/*+persistent_undo*
++popupwin	various.txt	/*+popupwin*
 +postscript	various.txt	/*+postscript*
 +printer	various.txt	/*+printer*
 +profile	various.txt	/*+profile*
@@ -4036,6 +4048,8 @@ E274	eval.txt	/*E274*
 E275	textprop.txt	/*E275*
 E276	eval.txt	/*E276*
 E277	remote.txt	/*E277*
+E278	popup.txt	/*E278*
+E279	terminal.txt	/*E279*
 E28	syntax.txt	/*E28*
 E280	if_tcl.txt	/*E280*
 E282	starting.txt	/*E282*
@@ -4999,6 +5013,8 @@ S	change.txt	/*S*
 SHELL	starting.txt	/*SHELL*
 SQLGetType	ft_sql.txt	/*SQLGetType*
 SQLSetType	ft_sql.txt	/*SQLSetType*
+SafeState	autocmd.txt	/*SafeState*
+SafeStateAgain	autocmd.txt	/*SafeStateAgain*
 Select	visual.txt	/*Select*
 Select-mode	visual.txt	/*Select-mode*
 Select-mode-mapping	visual.txt	/*Select-mode-mapping*
@@ -5023,6 +5039,7 @@ TERM	starting.txt	/*TERM*
 TOhtml-encoding	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-encoding*
 TOhtml-encoding-detect	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-encoding-detect*
 TOhtml-performance	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-performance*
+TOhtml-progress-color	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-progress-color*
 TOhtml-uncopyable-text	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-uncopyable-text*
 TOhtml-wrap-text	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-wrap-text*
 TRUE	eval.txt	/*TRUE*
@@ -5040,6 +5057,7 @@ Terminal-Job	terminal.txt	/*Terminal-Job*
 Terminal-Normal	terminal.txt	/*Terminal-Normal*
 Terminal-mode	terminal.txt	/*Terminal-mode*
 TerminalOpen	autocmd.txt	/*TerminalOpen*
+TerminalWinOpen	autocmd.txt	/*TerminalWinOpen*
 TextChanged	autocmd.txt	/*TextChanged*
 TextChangedI	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedI*
 TextChangedP	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedP*
@@ -5268,6 +5286,7 @@ added-7.2	version7.txt	/*added-7.2*
 added-7.3	version7.txt	/*added-7.3*
 added-7.4	version7.txt	/*added-7.4*
 added-8.1	version8.txt	/*added-8.1*
+added-8.2	version8.txt	/*added-8.2*
 added-BeOS	version5.txt	/*added-BeOS*
 added-Mac	version5.txt	/*added-Mac*
 added-VMS	version5.txt	/*added-VMS*
@@ -5303,6 +5322,7 @@ arglist-quit	usr_07.txt	/*arglist-quit*
 arglistid()	eval.txt	/*arglistid()*
 argument-list	editing.txt	/*argument-list*
 argv()	eval.txt	/*argv()*
+argv-variable	eval.txt	/*argv-variable*
 as	motion.txt	/*as*
 asin()	eval.txt	/*asin()*
 asm.vim	syntax.txt	/*asm.vim*
@@ -5539,6 +5559,8 @@ c_CTRL-R_CTRL-O	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 c_CTRL-R_CTRL-P	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
 c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
 c_CTRL-R_CTRL-W	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-W*
+c_CTRL-SHIFT-Q	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-SHIFT-Q*
+c_CTRL-SHIFT-V	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-SHIFT-V*
 c_CTRL-T	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-T*
 c_CTRL-U	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-U*
 c_CTRL-V	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-V*
@@ -5631,6 +5653,7 @@ changed-7.2	version7.txt	/*changed-7.2*
 changed-7.3	version7.txt	/*changed-7.3*
 changed-7.4	version7.txt	/*changed-7.4*
 changed-8.1	version8.txt	/*changed-8.1*
+changed-8.2	version8.txt	/*changed-8.2*
 changelist	motion.txt	/*changelist*
 changelog.vim	syntax.txt	/*changelog.vim*
 changenr()	eval.txt	/*changenr()*
@@ -5780,7 +5803,10 @@ compl-vim	insert.txt	/*compl-vim*
 compl-whole-line	insert.txt	/*compl-whole-line*
 complete()	eval.txt	/*complete()*
 complete-functions	insert.txt	/*complete-functions*
+complete-item-kind	insert.txt	/*complete-item-kind*
 complete-items	insert.txt	/*complete-items*
+complete-popup	insert.txt	/*complete-popup*
+complete-popuphidden	insert.txt	/*complete-popuphidden*
 complete_CTRL-E	insert.txt	/*complete_CTRL-E*
 complete_CTRL-Y	insert.txt	/*complete_CTRL-Y*
 complete_add()	eval.txt	/*complete_add()*
@@ -5940,6 +5966,7 @@ daB	motion.txt	/*daB*
 daW	motion.txt	/*daW*
 dab	motion.txt	/*dab*
 dap	motion.txt	/*dap*
+dart.vim	syntax.txt	/*dart.vim*
 das	motion.txt	/*das*
 date-functions	usr_41.txt	/*date-functions*
 dav	pi_netrw.txt	/*dav*
@@ -6069,6 +6096,7 @@ dtd2vim	insert.txt	/*dtd2vim*
 dying-variable	eval.txt	/*dying-variable*
 e	motion.txt	/*e*
 easy	starting.txt	/*easy*
+echospace-variable	eval.txt	/*echospace-variable*
 edit-a-file	editing.txt	/*edit-a-file*
 edit-binary	editing.txt	/*edit-binary*
 edit-dialogs	editing.txt	/*edit-dialogs*
@@ -6390,6 +6418,7 @@ ft-csh-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-csh-syntax*
 ft-css-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-css-omni*
 ft-cweb-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cweb-syntax*
 ft-cynlib-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cynlib-syntax*
+ft-dart-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-dart-syntax*
 ft-dash-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-dash-syntax*
 ft-desktop-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-desktop-syntax*
 ft-dircolors-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-dircolors-syntax*
@@ -6419,6 +6448,7 @@ ft-ia64-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ia64-syntax*
 ft-inform-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-inform-syntax*
 ft-java-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-java-syntax*
 ft-javascript-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-javascript-omni*
+ft-json-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-json-syntax*
 ft-ksh-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ksh-syntax*
 ft-lace-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-lace-syntax*
 ft-lex-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-lex-syntax*
@@ -6624,6 +6654,7 @@ g:html_prevent_copy	syntax.txt	/*g:html_prevent_copy*
 g:html_start_line	syntax.txt	/*g:html_start_line*
 g:html_use_css	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_css*
 g:html_use_encoding	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_encoding*
+g:html_use_input_for_pc	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_input_for_pc*
 g:html_use_xhtml	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_xhtml*
 g:html_whole_filler	syntax.txt	/*g:html_whole_filler*
 g:netrw_altfile	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_altfile*
@@ -6796,6 +6827,7 @@ gF	editing.txt	/*gF*
 gH	visual.txt	/*gH*
 gI	insert.txt	/*gI*
 gJ	change.txt	/*gJ*
+gM	motion.txt	/*gM*
 gN	visual.txt	/*gN*
 gP	change.txt	/*gP*
 gQ	intro.txt	/*gQ*
@@ -6842,11 +6874,13 @@ getfperm()	eval.txt	/*getfperm()*
 getfsize()	eval.txt	/*getfsize()*
 getftime()	eval.txt	/*getftime()*
 getftype()	eval.txt	/*getftype()*
+getimstatus()	eval.txt	/*getimstatus()*
 getjumplist()	eval.txt	/*getjumplist()*
 getlatestvimscripts-install	pi_getscript.txt	/*getlatestvimscripts-install*
 getline()	eval.txt	/*getline()*
 getloclist()	eval.txt	/*getloclist()*
 getmatches()	eval.txt	/*getmatches()*
+getmousepos()	eval.txt	/*getmousepos()*
 getpid()	eval.txt	/*getpid()*
 getpos()	eval.txt	/*getpos()*
 getqflist()	eval.txt	/*getqflist()*
@@ -7080,6 +7114,8 @@ hl-Folded	syntax.txt	/*hl-Folded*
 hl-Ignore	syntax.txt	/*hl-Ignore*
 hl-IncSearch	syntax.txt	/*hl-IncSearch*
 hl-LineNr	syntax.txt	/*hl-LineNr*
+hl-LineNrAbove	syntax.txt	/*hl-LineNrAbove*
+hl-LineNrBelow	syntax.txt	/*hl-LineNrBelow*
 hl-MatchParen	syntax.txt	/*hl-MatchParen*
 hl-Menu	syntax.txt	/*hl-Menu*
 hl-ModeMsg	syntax.txt	/*hl-ModeMsg*
@@ -7104,6 +7140,7 @@ hl-StatusLine	syntax.txt	/*hl-StatusLine*
 hl-StatusLineNC	syntax.txt	/*hl-StatusLineNC*
 hl-StatusLineTerm	syntax.txt	/*hl-StatusLineTerm*
 hl-StatusLineTermNC	syntax.txt	/*hl-StatusLineTermNC*
+hl-TOhtmlProgress	syntax.txt	/*hl-TOhtmlProgress*
 hl-TabLine	syntax.txt	/*hl-TabLine*
 hl-TabLineFill	syntax.txt	/*hl-TabLineFill*
 hl-TabLineSel	syntax.txt	/*hl-TabLineSel*
@@ -7221,6 +7258,7 @@ i_CTRL-R_=	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_=*
 i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
 i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
+i_CTRL-SHIFT-V	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-SHIFT-V*
 i_CTRL-T	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-T*
 i_CTRL-U	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-U*
 i_CTRL-V	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-V*
@@ -7282,6 +7320,7 @@ if_ruby.txt	if_ruby.txt	/*if_ruby.txt*
 if_sniff.txt	if_sniff.txt	/*if_sniff.txt*
 if_tcl.txt	if_tcl.txt	/*if_tcl.txt*
 ignore-errors	eval.txt	/*ignore-errors*
+ignore-timestamp	editing.txt	/*ignore-timestamp*
 improved-autocmds-5.4	version5.txt	/*improved-autocmds-5.4*
 improved-quickfix	version5.txt	/*improved-quickfix*
 improved-sessions	version5.txt	/*improved-sessions*
@@ -7349,6 +7388,7 @@ interfaces-5.2	version5.txt	/*interfaces-5.2*
 internal-variables	eval.txt	/*internal-variables*
 internal-wordlist	spell.txt	/*internal-wordlist*
 internet	intro.txt	/*internet*
+interrupt()	eval.txt	/*interrupt()*
 intro	intro.txt	/*intro*
 intro.txt	intro.txt	/*intro.txt*
 inverse	syntax.txt	/*inverse*
@@ -7404,6 +7444,7 @@ join()	eval.txt	/*join()*
 js_decode()	eval.txt	/*js_decode()*
 js_encode()	eval.txt	/*js_encode()*
 jsbterm-mouse	options.txt	/*jsbterm-mouse*
+json.vim	syntax.txt	/*json.vim*
 json_decode()	eval.txt	/*json_decode()*
 json_encode()	eval.txt	/*json_encode()*
 jtags	tagsrch.txt	/*jtags*
@@ -7678,6 +7719,7 @@ modeless-selection	gui.txt	/*modeless-selection*
 modeline	options.txt	/*modeline*
 modeline-local	options.txt	/*modeline-local*
 modeline-version	options.txt	/*modeline-version*
+modifyOtherKeys	map.txt	/*modifyOtherKeys*
 moo.vim	syntax.txt	/*moo.vim*
 more-compatible	version5.txt	/*more-compatible*
 more-prompt	message.txt	/*more-prompt*
@@ -8041,9 +8083,11 @@ new-onemore	version7.txt	/*new-onemore*
 new-operator-mod	version6.txt	/*new-operator-mod*
 new-options-5.2	version5.txt	/*new-options-5.2*
 new-options-5.4	version5.txt	/*new-options-5.4*
+new-other-8.2	version8.txt	/*new-other-8.2*
 new-perl-python	version5.txt	/*new-perl-python*
 new-persistent-undo	version7.txt	/*new-persistent-undo*
 new-plugins	version6.txt	/*new-plugins*
+new-popup-window	version8.txt	/*new-popup-window*
 new-posix	version7.txt	/*new-posix*
 new-print-multi-byte	version7.txt	/*new-print-multi-byte*
 new-printing	version6.txt	/*new-printing*
@@ -8060,6 +8104,7 @@ new-spell	version7.txt	/*new-spell*
 new-style-testing	testing.txt	/*new-style-testing*
 new-tab-pages	version7.txt	/*new-tab-pages*
 new-terminal-window	version8.txt	/*new-terminal-window*
+new-text-properties	version8.txt	/*new-text-properties*
 new-undo-branches	version7.txt	/*new-undo-branches*
 new-unlisted-buffers	version6.txt	/*new-unlisted-buffers*
 new-user-defined	version5.txt	/*new-user-defined*
@@ -8070,10 +8115,10 @@ new-vim-script	version7.txt	/*new-vim-script*
 new-vim-script-8	version8.txt	/*new-vim-script-8*
 new-vim-server	version6.txt	/*new-vim-server*
 new-vimgrep	version7.txt	/*new-vimgrep*
+new-vimscript-8.2	version8.txt	/*new-vimscript-8.2*
 new-virtedit	version6.txt	/*new-virtedit*
 news	intro.txt	/*news*
 nextnonblank()	eval.txt	/*nextnonblank()*
-nice	todo.txt	/*nice*
 no-eval-feature	eval.txt	/*no-eval-feature*
 no-type-checking	eval.txt	/*no-type-checking*
 no_buffers_menu	gui.txt	/*no_buffers_menu*
@@ -8252,6 +8297,7 @@ popup-callback	popup.txt	/*popup-callback*
 popup-close	popup.txt	/*popup-close*
 popup-examples	popup.txt	/*popup-examples*
 popup-filter	popup.txt	/*popup-filter*
+popup-filter-mode	popup.txt	/*popup-filter-mode*
 popup-function-details	popup.txt	/*popup-function-details*
 popup-functions	popup.txt	/*popup-functions*
 popup-intro	popup.txt	/*popup-intro*
@@ -8262,6 +8308,7 @@ popup-menu-added	version5.txt	/*popup-menu-added*
 popup-position	popup.txt	/*popup-position*
 popup-props	popup.txt	/*popup-props*
 popup-scrollbar	popup.txt	/*popup-scrollbar*
+popup-textprop-pos	popup.txt	/*popup-textprop-pos*
 popup-usage	popup.txt	/*popup-usage*
 popup-window	popup.txt	/*popup-window*
 popup-window-functions	usr_41.txt	/*popup-window-functions*
@@ -8277,9 +8324,10 @@ popup_dialog()	popup.txt	/*popup_dialog()*
 popup_dialog-example	popup.txt	/*popup_dialog-example*
 popup_filter_menu()	popup.txt	/*popup_filter_menu()*
 popup_filter_yesno()	popup.txt	/*popup_filter_yesno()*
+popup_findinfo()	popup.txt	/*popup_findinfo()*
+popup_findpreview()	popup.txt	/*popup_findpreview()*
 popup_getoptions()	popup.txt	/*popup_getoptions()*
 popup_getpos()	popup.txt	/*popup_getpos()*
-popup_getpreview()	popup.txt	/*popup_getpreview()*
 popup_hide()	popup.txt	/*popup_hide()*
 popup_locate()	popup.txt	/*popup_locate()*
 popup_menu()	popup.txt	/*popup_menu()*
@@ -8291,6 +8339,7 @@ popup_settext()	popup.txt	/*popup_settext()*
 popup_show()	popup.txt	/*popup_show()*
 popupmenu-completion	insert.txt	/*popupmenu-completion*
 popupmenu-keys	insert.txt	/*popupmenu-keys*
+popupwin	popup.txt	/*popupwin*
 ports-5.2	version5.txt	/*ports-5.2*
 ports-6	version6.txt	/*ports-6*
 posix	vi_diff.txt	/*posix*
@@ -8480,6 +8529,7 @@ quotestar	gui.txt	/*quotestar*
 quote~	change.txt	/*quote~*
 r	change.txt	/*r*
 r.vim	syntax.txt	/*r.vim*
+rand()	eval.txt	/*rand()*
 range()	eval.txt	/*range()*
 raw-terminal-mode	term.txt	/*raw-terminal-mode*
 rcp	pi_netrw.txt	/*rcp*
@@ -8636,6 +8686,7 @@ scriptversion	eval.txt	/*scriptversion*
 scriptversion-1	eval.txt	/*scriptversion-1*
 scriptversion-2	eval.txt	/*scriptversion-2*
 scriptversion-3	eval.txt	/*scriptversion-3*
+scriptversion-4	eval.txt	/*scriptversion-4*
 scroll-binding	scroll.txt	/*scroll-binding*
 scroll-cursor	scroll.txt	/*scroll-cursor*
 scroll-down	scroll.txt	/*scroll-down*
@@ -8900,6 +8951,7 @@ sqlj	ft_sql.txt	/*sqlj*
 sqlserver	ft_sql.txt	/*sqlserver*
 sqlsettype	ft_sql.txt	/*sqlsettype*
 sqrt()	eval.txt	/*sqrt()*
+srand()	eval.txt	/*srand()*
 sscanf	eval.txt	/*sscanf*
 standard-plugin	usr_05.txt	/*standard-plugin*
 standard-plugin-list	help.txt	/*standard-plugin-list*
@@ -8915,9 +8967,11 @@ starting.txt	starting.txt	/*starting.txt*
 startup	starting.txt	/*startup*
 startup-options	starting.txt	/*startup-options*
 startup-terminal	term.txt	/*startup-terminal*
+state()	eval.txt	/*state()*
 static-tag	tagsrch.txt	/*static-tag*
 status-line	windows.txt	/*status-line*
 statusmsg-variable	eval.txt	/*statusmsg-variable*
+stl-%{	options.txt	/*stl-%{*
 str2float()	eval.txt	/*str2float()*
 str2list()	eval.txt	/*str2list()*
 str2nr()	eval.txt	/*str2nr()*
@@ -8938,6 +8992,7 @@ string-match	eval.txt	/*string-match*
 strlen()	eval.txt	/*strlen()*
 strpart()	eval.txt	/*strpart()*
 strpbrk()	eval.txt	/*strpbrk()*
+strptime()	eval.txt	/*strptime()*
 strrchr()	eval.txt	/*strrchr()*
 strridx()	eval.txt	/*strridx()*
 strspn()	eval.txt	/*strspn()*
@@ -9085,6 +9140,8 @@ t_ST	term.txt	/*t_ST*
 t_Sb	term.txt	/*t_Sb*
 t_Sf	term.txt	/*t_Sf*
 t_Si	term.txt	/*t_Si*
+t_TE	term.txt	/*t_TE*
+t_TI	term.txt	/*t_TI*
 t_Te	term.txt	/*t_Te*
 t_Ts	term.txt	/*t_Ts*
 t_VS	term.txt	/*t_VS*
@@ -9325,6 +9382,7 @@ term_list()	terminal.txt	/*term_list()*
 term_scrape()	terminal.txt	/*term_scrape()*
 term_sendkeys()	terminal.txt	/*term_sendkeys()*
 term_setansicolors()	terminal.txt	/*term_setansicolors()*
+term_setapi()	terminal.txt	/*term_setapi()*
 term_setkill()	terminal.txt	/*term_setkill()*
 term_setrestore()	terminal.txt	/*term_setrestore()*
 term_setsize()	terminal.txt	/*term_setsize()*
@@ -9352,6 +9410,7 @@ termdebug_wide	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_wide*
 terminal	terminal.txt	/*terminal*
 terminal-api	terminal.txt	/*terminal-api*
 terminal-client-server	terminal.txt	/*terminal-client-server*
+terminal-close	terminal.txt	/*terminal-close*
 terminal-colors	os_unix.txt	/*terminal-colors*
 terminal-communication	terminal.txt	/*terminal-communication*
 terminal-cursor-style	terminal.txt	/*terminal-cursor-style*
@@ -9365,6 +9424,7 @@ terminal-functions	usr_41.txt	/*terminal-functions*
 terminal-info	term.txt	/*terminal-info*
 terminal-job-index	index.txt	/*terminal-job-index*
 terminal-key-codes	term.txt	/*terminal-key-codes*
+terminal-mouse	term.txt	/*terminal-mouse*
 terminal-ms-windows	terminal.txt	/*terminal-ms-windows*
 terminal-options	term.txt	/*terminal-options*
 terminal-output-codes	term.txt	/*terminal-output-codes*
@@ -9558,6 +9618,7 @@ utf-8-typing	mbyte.txt	/*utf-8-typing*
 utf8	mbyte.txt	/*utf8*
 v	visual.txt	/*v*
 v:	eval.txt	/*v:*
+v:argv	eval.txt	/*v:argv*
 v:beval_bufnr	eval.txt	/*v:beval_bufnr*
 v:beval_col	eval.txt	/*v:beval_col*
 v:beval_lnum	eval.txt	/*v:beval_lnum*
@@ -9574,6 +9635,7 @@ v:count	eval.txt	/*v:count*
 v:count1	eval.txt	/*v:count1*
 v:ctype	eval.txt	/*v:ctype*
 v:dying	eval.txt	/*v:dying*
+v:echospace	eval.txt	/*v:echospace*
 v:errmsg	eval.txt	/*v:errmsg*
 v:errors	eval.txt	/*v:errors*
 v:event	eval.txt	/*v:event*
@@ -9793,6 +9855,7 @@ version-7.3	version7.txt	/*version-7.3*
 version-7.4	version7.txt	/*version-7.4*
 version-8.0	version8.txt	/*version-8.0*
 version-8.1	version8.txt	/*version-8.1*
+version-8.2	version8.txt	/*version-8.2*
 version-variable	eval.txt	/*version-variable*
 version4.txt	version4.txt	/*version4.txt*
 version5.txt	version5.txt	/*version5.txt*
@@ -9805,6 +9868,7 @@ version7.4	version7.txt	/*version7.4*
 version7.txt	version7.txt	/*version7.txt*
 version8.0	version8.txt	/*version8.0*
 version8.1	version8.txt	/*version8.1*
+version8.2	version8.txt	/*version8.2*
 version8.txt	version8.txt	/*version8.txt*
 versionlong-variable	eval.txt	/*versionlong-variable*
 vi	intro.txt	/*vi*
@@ -9820,6 +9884,7 @@ views-sessions	starting.txt	/*views-sessions*
 vim-7.4	version7.txt	/*vim-7.4*
 vim-8	version8.txt	/*vim-8*
 vim-8.1	version8.txt	/*vim-8.1*
+vim-8.2	version8.txt	/*vim-8.2*
 vim-additions	vi_diff.txt	/*vim-additions*
 vim-announce	intro.txt	/*vim-announce*
 vim-arguments	starting.txt	/*vim-arguments*
@@ -9959,6 +10024,7 @@ win_gotoid()	eval.txt	/*win_gotoid()*
 win_id2tabwin()	eval.txt	/*win_id2tabwin()*
 win_id2win()	eval.txt	/*win_id2win()*
 win_screenpos()	eval.txt	/*win_screenpos()*
+win_splitmove()	eval.txt	/*win_splitmove()*
 winbufnr()	eval.txt	/*winbufnr()*
 wincol()	eval.txt	/*wincol()*
 window	windows.txt	/*window*
@@ -10144,6 +10210,7 @@ zz	scroll.txt	/*zz*
 {move-around}	visual.txt	/*{move-around}*
 {offset}	pattern.txt	/*{offset}*
 {pat}	autocmd.txt	/*{pat}*
+{register}	change.txt	/*{register}*
 {rhs}	map.txt	/*{rhs}*
 {subject}	helphelp.txt	/*{subject}*
 {}	intro.txt	/*{}*

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 10
+*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ files here, it is only supported for backwards compatibility :-).
 
 Lines in Emacs tags files can be very long.  Vim only deals with lines of up
 to about 510 bytes.  To see whether lines are ignored set 'verbose' to 5 or
-higher.
+higher. Non-Emacs tags file lines can be any length.
 
 							*tags-option*
 The 'tags' option is a list of file names.  Each of these files is searched

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -80,14 +80,19 @@ can do this best in your .vimrc.  Example: >
 <
 						*raw-terminal-mode*
 For normal editing the terminal will be put into "raw" mode.  The strings
-defined with 't_ti' and 't_ks' will be sent to the terminal.  Normally this
-puts the terminal in a state where the termcap codes are valid and activates
-the cursor and function keys.  When Vim exits the terminal will be put back
-into the mode it was before Vim started.  The strings defined with 't_te' and
-'t_ke' will be sent to the terminal.  On the Amiga, with commands that execute
-an external command (e.g., "!!"), the terminal will be put into Normal mode
-for a moment.  This means that you can stop the output to the screen by
-hitting a printing key.  Output resumes when you hit <BS>.
+defined with 't_ti', 't_TI' and 't_ks' will be sent to the terminal.  Normally
+this puts the terminal in a state where the termcap codes are valid and
+activates the cursor and function keys.
+When Vim exits the terminal will be put back into the mode it was before Vim
+started.  The strings defined with 't_te', 't_TE' and 't_ke' will be sent to
+the terminal.  On the Amiga, with commands that execute an external command
+(e.g., "!!"), the terminal will be put into Normal mode for a moment.  This
+means that you can stop the output to the screen by hitting a printing key.
+Output resumes when you hit <BS>.
+
+Note: When 't_ti' is not empty, Vim assumes that it causes switching to the
+alternate screen.  This may slightly change what happens when executing a
+shell command or exiting Vim.  To avoid this use 't_TI' and 't_TE'.
 
 						*xterm-bracketed-paste*
 When the 't_BE' option is set then 't_BE' will be sent to the
@@ -297,8 +302,8 @@ OUTPUT CODES						*terminal-output-codes*
 	t_se	standout end					*t_se* *'t_se'*
 	t_so	standout mode					*t_so* *'t_so'*
 	t_sr	scroll reverse (backward)			*t_sr* *'t_sr'*
-	t_te	out of "termcap" mode				*t_te* *'t_te'*
-	t_ti	put terminal in "termcap" mode			*t_ti* *'t_ti'*
+	t_te	end of "termcap" mode				*t_te* *'t_te'*
+	t_ti	put terminal into "termcap" mode		*t_ti* *'t_ti'*
 	t_ts	set window title start (to status line)		*t_ts* *'t_ts'*
 	t_ue	underline end					*t_ue* *'t_ue'*
 	t_us	underline mode					*t_us* *'t_us'*
@@ -359,6 +364,8 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_RT	restore window title from stack			*t_RT* *'t_RT'*
 	t_Si	save icon text to stack				*t_Si* *'t_Si'*
 	t_Ri	restore icon text from stack			*t_Ri* *'t_Ri'*
+	t_TE	end of "raw" mode				*t_TE* *'t_TE'*
+	t_TI	put terminal into "raw" mode 			*t_TI* *'t_TI'*
 
 Some codes have a start, middle and end part.  The start and end are defined
 by the termcap option, the middle part is text.
@@ -739,12 +746,21 @@ jump to tags).
 Whether the selection that is started with the mouse is in Visual mode or
 Select mode depends on whether "mouse" is included in the 'selectmode'
 option.
-
+							*terminal-mouse*
 In an xterm, with the currently active mode included in the 'mouse' option,
 normal mouse clicks are used by Vim, mouse clicks with the shift or ctrl key
 pressed go to the xterm.  With the currently active mode not included in
 'mouse' all mouse clicks go to the xterm.
 
+For terminals where it is not possible to have the mouse events be used by the
+terminal itself by using a modifier, a workaround is to not use mouse events
+for Vim in command-line mode: >
+	:set mouse=nvi
+Then to select text with the terminal, use ":" to go to command-line mode,
+select and copy the text to the system, then press Esc.
+
+Another way is to temporarily use ":sh" to run a shell, copy the text, then
+exit the shell.  'mouse' can remain set to "a" then.
 							*xterm-clipboard*
 In the Athena and Motif GUI versions, when running in a terminal and there is
 access to the X-server (DISPLAY is set), the copy and paste will behave like

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 04
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -193,6 +193,7 @@ Command syntax ~
 			Supported [options] are:
 			++close		The terminal window will close
 					automatically when the job terminates.
+					|terminal-close|
 			++noclose	The terminal window will NOT close
 					automatically when the job terminates.
 			++open		When the job terminates and no window
@@ -209,6 +210,10 @@ Command syntax ~
 					no window will be used.
 			++norestore	Do not include this terminal window
 					in a session file.
+			++shell		Instead of executing {command}
+					directly, use a shell, like with
+					`:!command` 		*E279*
+					{only works on Unix currently}
 			++kill={how}	When trying to close the terminal
 					window kill the job with {how}.  See
 					|term_setkill()| for the values.
@@ -222,7 +227,7 @@ Command syntax ~
 					Vim width (no window left or right of
 					the terminal window) this value is
 					ignored.
-			++eof={text}	when using [range]: text to send after
+			++eof={text}	When using [range]: text to send after
 					the last line was written. Cannot
 					contain white space.  A CR is
 					appended.  For MS-Windows the default
@@ -234,6 +239,10 @@ Command syntax ~
 			++type={pty}	(MS-Windows only): Use {pty} as the
 					virtual console.  See 'termwintype'
 					for the values.
+			++api={expr}	Permit the function name starting with
+					{expr} to be called as |terminal-api|
+					function.  If {expr} is empty then no
+					function can be called.
 
 			If you want to use more options use the |term_start()|
 			function.
@@ -263,6 +272,12 @@ hidden, the job keeps running.  The `:buffer` command can be used to turn the
 current window into a terminal window.  If there are unsaved changes this
 fails, use ! to force, as usual.
 
+							*terminal-close*
+When the terminal window is closed, e.g. when the shell exits and "++close"
+argument was used, and this is the last normal Vim window, then Vim will exit.
+This is like using |:quit| in a normal window. Help and preview windows are
+not counted.
+
 To have a background job run without a window, and open the window when it's
 done, use options like this: >
 	:term ++hidden ++open make
@@ -479,6 +494,9 @@ term_dumpdiff({filename}, {filename} [, {options}])
 		Using the "s" key the top and bottom parts are swapped.  This
 		makes it easy to spot a difference.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetFilename()->term_dumpdiff(otherfile)
+<
 							*term_dumpload()*
 term_dumpload({filename} [, {options}])
 		Open a new window displaying the contents of {filename}
@@ -488,6 +506,9 @@ term_dumpload({filename} [, {options}])
 
 		For {options} see |term_dumpdiff()|.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetFilename()->term_dumpload()
+<
 							*term_dumpwrite()*
 term_dumpwrite({buf}, {filename} [, {options}])
 		Dump the contents of the terminal screen of {buf} in the file
@@ -502,11 +523,18 @@ term_dumpwrite({buf}, {filename} [, {options}])
 			"rows"		maximum number of rows to dump
 			"columns"	maximum number of columns to dump
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is used for the file
+		name: >
+			GetFilename()->term_dumpwrite(bufnr)
+
 term_getaltscreen({buf})				*term_getaltscreen()*
 		Returns 1 if the terminal of {buf} is using the alternate
 		screen.
 		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getaltscreen()
+
 
 term_getansicolors({buf})				*term_getansicolors()*
 		Get the ANSI color palette in use by terminal {buf}.
@@ -517,8 +545,12 @@ term_getansicolors({buf})				*term_getansicolors()*
 
 		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.  If the buffer does not
 		exist or is not a terminal window, an empty list is returned.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature and
-		with GUI enabled and/or the |+termguicolors| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getansicolors()
+
+<		{only available when compiled with GUI enabled and/or the
+		|+termguicolors| feature}
 
 term_getattr({attr}, {what})				*term_getattr()*
 		Given {attr}, a value returned by term_scrape() in the "attr"
@@ -528,7 +560,10 @@ term_getattr({attr}, {what})				*term_getattr()*
 			underline
 			strike
 			reverse
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetAttr()->term_getattr()
+
 
 term_getcursor({buf})					*term_getcursor()*
 		Get the cursor position of terminal {buf}. Returns a list with
@@ -550,13 +585,18 @@ term_getcursor({buf})					*term_getcursor()*
 		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window. If the
 		buffer does not exist or is not a terminal window, an empty
 		list is returned.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getcursor()
 
 term_getjob({buf})					*term_getjob()*
 		Get the Job associated with terminal window {buf}.
 		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
 		Returns |v:null| when there is no job.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getjob()
+
 
 term_getline({buf}, {row})				*term_getline()*
 		Get a line of text from the terminal window of {buf}.
@@ -567,7 +607,10 @@ term_getline({buf}, {row})				*term_getline()*
 		returned.
 
 		To get attributes of each character use |term_scrape()|.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getline(row)
+
 
 term_getscrolled({buf})					*term_getscrolled()*
 		Return the number of lines that scrolled to above the top of
@@ -579,7 +622,10 @@ term_getscrolled({buf})					*term_getscrolled()*
 <		(if that line exists).
 
 		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getscrolled()
+
 
 term_getsize({buf})					*term_getsize()*
 		Get the size of terminal {buf}. Returns a list with two
@@ -589,7 +635,10 @@ term_getsize({buf})					*term_getsize()*
 		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window.  Use an
 		empty string for the current buffer.  If the buffer does not
 		exist or is not a terminal window, an empty list is returned.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getsize()
+
 
 term_getstatus({buf})					*term_getstatus()*
 		Get the status of terminal {buf}. This returns a comma
@@ -602,7 +651,10 @@ term_getstatus({buf})					*term_getstatus()*
 		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window. If the
 		buffer does not exist or is not a terminal window, an empty
 		string is returned.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getstatus()
+
 
 term_gettitle({buf})					*term_gettitle()*
 		Get the title of terminal {buf}. This is the title that the
@@ -611,7 +663,10 @@ term_gettitle({buf})					*term_gettitle()*
 		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window. If the
 		buffer does not exist or is not a terminal window, an empty
 		string is returned.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_gettitle()
+
 
 term_gettty({buf} [, {input}])				*term_gettty()*
 		Get the name of the controlling terminal associated with
@@ -620,12 +675,15 @@ term_gettty({buf} [, {input}])				*term_gettty()*
 		When {input} is omitted or 0, return the name for writing
 		(stdout). When {input} is 1 return the name for reading
 		(stdin). On UNIX, both return same name.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_gettty()
+
 
 term_list()						*term_list()*
 		Return a list with the buffer numbers of all buffers for
 		terminal windows.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
 
 term_scrape({buf}, {row})				*term_scrape()*
 		Get the contents of {row} of terminal screen of {buf}.
@@ -642,7 +700,10 @@ term_scrape({buf}, {row})				*term_scrape()*
 		    "attr"	attributes of the cell, use |term_getattr()|
 				to get the individual flags
 		    "width"	cell width: 1 or 2
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_scrape(row)
+
 
 term_sendkeys({buf}, {keys})				*term_sendkeys()*
 		Send keystrokes {keys} to terminal {buf}.
@@ -650,7 +711,19 @@ term_sendkeys({buf}, {keys})				*term_sendkeys()*
 
 		{keys} are translated as key sequences. For example, "\<c-x>"
 		means the character CTRL-X.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_sendkeys(keys)
+
+
+term_setapi({buf}, {expr})				*term_setapi()*
+		Set the function name prefix to be used for the |terminal-api|
+		function in terminal {buf}.  For example: >
+		    :call term_setapi(buf, "Myapi_")
+		    :call term_setapi(buf, "")
+<
+		The default is "Tapi_".  When {expr} is an empty string then
+		no |terminal-api| function can be used for {buf}.
 
 term_setansicolors({buf}, {colors})			*term_setansicolors()*
 		Set the ANSI color palette used by terminal {buf}.
@@ -680,8 +753,12 @@ term_setansicolors({buf}, {colors})			*term_setansicolors()*
 		'termguicolors' is set.  When not using GUI colors (GUI mode
 		or 'termguicolors'), the terminal window always uses the 16
 		ANSI colors of the underlying terminal.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature and
-		with GUI enabled and/or the |+termguicolors| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_setansicolors(colors)
+
+<		{only available with GUI enabled and/or the |+termguicolors|
+		feature}
 
 term_setkill({buf}, {how})				*term_setkill()*
 		When exiting Vim or trying to close the terminal window in
@@ -695,6 +772,10 @@ term_setkill({buf}, {how})				*term_setkill()*
 		After sending the signal Vim will wait for up to a second to
 		check that the job actually stopped.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_setkill(how)
+
+
 term_setrestore({buf}, {command})			*term_setrestore()*
 		Set the command to write in a session file to restore the job
 		in this terminal.  The line written in the session file is: >
@@ -703,7 +784,10 @@ term_setrestore({buf}, {command})			*term_setrestore()*
 
 		Use an empty {command} to run 'shell'.
 		Use "NONE" to not restore this window.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_setrestore(command)
+
 
 term_setsize({buf}, {rows}, {cols})		*term_setsize()* *E955*
 		Set the size of terminal {buf}. The size of the window
@@ -714,7 +798,10 @@ term_setsize({buf}, {rows}, {cols})		*term_setsize()* *E955*
 		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window.  Use an
 		empty string for the current buffer.  If the buffer does not
 		exist or is not a terminal window, an error is given.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_setsize(rows, cols)
+
 
 term_start({cmd} [, {options}])			*term_start()*
 		Open a terminal window and run {cmd} in it.
@@ -780,15 +867,22 @@ term_start({cmd} [, {options}])			*term_start()*
 				     color modes.  See |g:terminal_ansi_colors|.
 		   "tty_type"	     (MS-Windows only): Specify which pty to
 				     use.  See 'termwintype' for the values.
+		   "term_api"	     function name prefix for the
+				     |terminal-api| function.  See
+				     |term_setapi()|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetCommand()->term_start()
 
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
 
 term_wait({buf} [, {time}])					*term_wait()*
 		Wait for pending updates of {buf} to be handled.
 		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
 		{time} is how long to wait for updates to arrive in msec.  If
 		not set then 10 msec will be used.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_wait()
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Terminal communication			 *terminal-communication*
@@ -833,9 +927,9 @@ Currently supported commands:
 		Call a user defined function with {argument}.
 		The function is called with two arguments: the buffer number
 		of the terminal and {argument}, the decoded JSON argument. 
-		The function name must start with "Tapi_" to avoid
+		By default, the function name must start with "Tapi_" to avoid
 		accidentally calling a function not meant to be used for the
-		terminal API.
+		terminal API.  This can be changed with |term_setapi()|.
 		The user function should sanity check the argument.
 		The function can use |term_sendkeys()| to send back a reply.
 		Example in JSON: >
@@ -952,12 +1046,12 @@ file for now, e.g.: >
 
 The test will then fail, giving you the command to compare the reference dump
 and the failed dump, e.g.: >
-	call term_dumpdiff("Test_func.dump.failed", "dumps/Test_func.dump")
+	call term_dumpdiff("failed/Test_func.dump", "dumps/Test_func.dump")
 
 Use this command in Vim, with the current directory set to src/testdir.
 Once you are satisfied with the test, move the failed dump in place of the
 reference: >
-	:!mv Test_func.dump.failed dumps/Test_func.dump
+	:!mv failed/Test_func.dump dumps/Test_func.dump
 
 
 Creating a screen dump ~
@@ -1083,8 +1177,12 @@ Example session ~
 							*termdebug-example*
 Start in the Vim "src" directory and build Vim: >
 	% make
+Make sure that debug symbols are present, usually that means that $CFLAGS
+includes "-g".
+
 Start Vim: >
 	% ./vim
+
 Load the termdebug plugin and start debugging Vim: >
 	:packadd termdebug
 	:Termdebug vim
@@ -1156,8 +1254,10 @@ gdb:
  `:Run` [args]	    run the program with [args] or the previous arguments
  `:Arguments` {args}  set arguments for the next `:Run`
 
- *:Break*	set a breakpoint at the current line; a sign will be displayed
- *:Clear*	delete the breakpoint at the current line
+ *:Break*	set a breakpoint at the cursor position
+ :Break {position}
+		set a breakpoint at the specified position
+ *:Clear*	delete the breakpoint at the cursor position
 
  *:Step*	execute the gdb "step" command
  *:Over*	execute the gdb "next" command (`:Next` is a Vim command)

runtime/doc/testing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 16
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -44,6 +44,8 @@ test_alloc_fail({id}, {countdown}, {repeat})		*test_alloc_fail()*
 		let memory allocation fail {repeat} times.  When {repeat} is
 		smaller than one it fails one time.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetAllocId()->test_alloc_fail()
 
 test_autochdir()					*test_autochdir()*
 		Set a flag to enable the effect of 'autochdir' before Vim
@@ -55,6 +57,8 @@ test_feedinput({string})				*test_feedinput()*
 		were typed by the user. This uses a low level input buffer.
 		This function works only when with |+unix| or GUI is running.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetText()->test_feedinput()
 
 test_garbagecollect_now()			 *test_garbagecollect_now()*
 		Like garbagecollect(), but executed right away.  This must
@@ -73,6 +77,8 @@ test_getvalue({name})					*test_getvalue()*
 		{name} are supported:
 			need_fileinfo
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetName()->test_getvalue()
 
 test_ignore_error({expr})			 *test_ignore_error()*
 		Ignore any error containing {expr}.  A normal message is given
@@ -84,6 +90,8 @@ test_ignore_error({expr})			 *test_ignore_error()*
 		When the {expr} is the string "RESET" then the list of ignored
 		errors is made empty.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetErrorText()->test_ignore_error()
 
 test_null_blob()					*test_null_blob()*
 		Return a |Blob| that is null. Only useful for testing.
@@ -124,6 +132,9 @@ test_option_not_set({name})				*test_option_not_set()*
 		even though the value is "double".
 		Only to be used for testing!
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetOptionName()->test_option_not_set()
+
 
 test_override({name}, {val})				*test_override()*
 		Overrides certain parts of Vim's internal processing to be able
@@ -155,12 +166,17 @@ test_override({name}, {val})				*test_override()*
 <		The value of "starting" is saved.  It is restored by: >
 			call test_override('starting', 0)
 
+<		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetOverrideVal()-> test_override('starting')
 
 test_refcount({expr})					*test_refcount()*
 		Return the reference count of {expr}.  When {expr} is of a
 		type that does not have a reference count, returns -1.  Only
 		to be used for testing.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetVarname()->test_refcount()
+
 
 test_scrollbar({which}, {value}, {dragging})		*test_scrollbar()*
 		Pretend using scrollbar {which} to move it to position
@@ -179,6 +195,8 @@ test_scrollbar({which}, {value}, {dragging})		*test_scrollbar()*
 		Only works when the {which} scrollbar actually exists,
 		obviously only when using the GUI.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetValue()->test_scrollbar('right', 0)
 
 test_setmouse({row}, {col})				*test_setmouse()*
 		Set the mouse position to be used for the next mouse action.
@@ -197,6 +215,9 @@ test_settime({expr})					*test_settime()*
 		{expr} must evaluate to a number.  When the value is zero the
 		normal behavior is restored.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetTime()->test_settime()
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. Assert functions				*assert-functions-details*
 
@@ -238,6 +259,10 @@ assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two})
 		mention that.
 		Mainly useful with |terminal-diff|.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetLog()->assert_equalfile('expected.log')
+
+
 assert_exception({error} [, {msg}])			*assert_exception()*
 		When v:exception does not contain the string {error} an error
 		message is added to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
@@ -322,10 +347,15 @@ assert_notmatch({pattern}, {actual} [, {msg}])
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			getFile()->assert_notmatch('bar.*')
 
+
 assert_report({msg})					*assert_report()*
 		Report a test failure directly, using {msg}.
 		Always returns one.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetMessage()->assert_report()
+
+
 assert_true({actual} [, {msg}])				*assert_true()*
 		When {actual} is not true an error message is added to
 		|v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|.

runtime/doc/textprop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 13
+*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -6,13 +6,6 @@
 
 Displaying text with properties attached.	*textprop* *text-properties*
 
-THIS IS UNDER DEVELOPMENT - ANYTHING MAY STILL CHANGE  *E967*
-
-What is not working yet:
-- Adjusting column/length when inserting text
-- Text properties spanning more than one line
-- prop_find()
-
 
 1. Introduction			|text-prop-intro|
 2. Functions			|text-prop-functions|
@@ -55,8 +48,8 @@ Property Types ~
 A text property normally has the name of a property type, which defines 
 how to highlight the text.  The property type can have these entries:
 	"highlight"	name of the highlight group to use
-	"combine"	when TRUE the text property highlighting is combined
-			with any syntax highlighting, when omitted or FALSE the
+	"combine"	when omitted or TRUE the text property highlighting is
+			combined with any syntax highlighting; when FALSE the
 			text property highlighting replaces the syntax
 			highlighting
 	"priority"	when properties overlap, the one with the highest
@@ -94,6 +87,12 @@ and/or ends with a specific character, such as the quote surrounding a string.
 Nevertheless, when text is inserted or deleted the text may need to be parsed
 and the text properties updated.  But this can be done asynchronously.
 
+
+Internal error *E967*
+
+If you see E967, please report the bug.  You can do this at Github:
+https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/new
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Functions						*text-prop-functions*
 
@@ -157,6 +156,9 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 
 		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetLnum()->prop_add(col, props)
+
 
 prop_clear({lnum} [, {lnum-end} [, {props}]])		*prop_clear()*
 		Remove all text properties from line {lnum}.
@@ -168,9 +170,12 @@ prop_clear({lnum} [, {lnum-end} [, {props}]])		*prop_clear()*
 
 		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetLnum()->prop_clear()
+<
 							*prop_find()*
 prop_find({props} [, {direction}])
-		NOT IMPLEMENTED YET
+		{not implemented yet}
 		Search for a text property as specified with {props}:
 		   id		property with this ID
 		   type		property with this type name
@@ -220,7 +225,9 @@ prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])				*prop_list()*
 
 		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
 
-
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetLnum()->prop_list()
+<
 						*prop_remove()* *E968*
 prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
 		Remove a matching text property from line {lnum}.  When
@@ -243,10 +250,13 @@ prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
 
 		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetProps()->prop_remove()
+
 
 prop_type_add({name}, {props})		*prop_type_add()* *E969* *E970*
 		Add a text property type {name}.  If a property type with this
-		name already exists an error is given.
+		name already exists an error is given.  Nothing is returned.
 		{props} is a dictionary with these optional fields:
 		   bufnr	define the property only for this buffer; this
 				avoids name collisions and automatically
@@ -267,6 +277,8 @@ prop_type_add({name}, {props})		*prop_type_add()* *E969* *E970*
 
 		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPropName()->prop_type_add(props)
 
 prop_type_change({name}, {props})			*prop_type_change()*
 		Change properties of an existing text property type.  If a
@@ -275,6 +287,8 @@ prop_type_change({name}, {props})			*prop_type_change()*
 
 		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPropName()->prop_type_change(props)
 
 prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_delete()*
 		Remove the text property type {name}.  When text properties
@@ -289,6 +303,8 @@ prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_delete()*
 
 		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPropName()->prop_type_delete()
 
 prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_get()*
 		Returns the properties of property type {name}.  This is a
@@ -302,6 +318,8 @@ prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_get()*
 
 		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPropName()->prop_type_get()
 
 prop_type_list([{props}])				*prop_type_list()*
 		Returns a list with all property type names.
@@ -322,7 +340,7 @@ will move accordingly.
 When text is deleted and a text property no longer includes any text, it is
 deleted.  However, a text property that was defined as zero-width will remain,
 unless the whole line is deleted.
-`								*E275*
+								*E275*
 When a buffer is unloaded, all the text properties are gone.  There is no way
 to store the properties in a file.  You can only re-create them.  When a
 buffer is hidden the text is preserved and so are the text properties.  It is

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 17
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -39,34 +39,20 @@ browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
 Popup windows:
-- check popupmenu using preview window  #4544  overlaps complete menu
-    set completeopt+=preview
+- Use popup (or popup menu) for command line completion
 - Implement flip option
-- Have a way to scroll to the bottom, e.g. set 'firstline' to -1? (#4577)
-- Why does 'nrformats' leak from the popup window buffer???
-  Happens in Test_simple_popup() at the second screendump.
-- Disable commands, feedkeys(), CTRL-W, etc. in a popup window.
-  Use ERROR_IF_POPUP_WINDOW for more commands.
-- For the "moved" property also include mouse movement?
-- Can the buffer be re-used if it was the last one, to avoid using up lots of
-  buffer numbers?
-- Have an option to attach the popup to a text position, like text properties
-  do. (#4560)
 - Make redrawing more efficient and avoid flicker:
-    - put popup menu also put in popup_mask?
-- Invoke filter with character before mapping?  #4759
-- Figure out the size and position better.
-    if wrapping splits a double-wide character
-    if wrapping inserts indent
-- When drawing on top half a double-wide character, display ">" or "<" in the
-  incomplete cell.
-- Use a popup window for the "info" item of completion instead of using a
-  preview window.  Ideas in issue #4544.
-  How to add highlighting?
+    - put popup menu also in popup_mask?
+- Any other commands to disable in a popup window?
+  Use ERROR_IF_POPUP_WINDOW for these.
+- Figure out the size and position better if wrapping inserts indent
 
-'incsearch' with :s: (#3321)
-- Get E20 when using command history to get "'<,'>s/a/b" and no Visual area
-  was set. (#3837)
+Text properties:
+- Implement prop_find() issue #4970
+- Text properties spanning more than one line
+- See remarks at top of src/textprop.c
+
+'incsearch' with :s: 
 - :s/foo  using CTRL-G moves to another line, should not happen, or use the
   correct line (it uses the last but one line) (Lifepillar, Aug 18, #3345)
 - :s@pat/tern@ doesn't include "/" in the pattern. (Takahiro Yoshihara, #3637)
@@ -78,7 +64,7 @@ Popup windows:
   Then :%s?foo should take the first match above the cursor line.
 
 Prompt buffer:
-- Add a command line history.
+- Add a command line history, using up/down keys.  issue #5010
 - delay next prompt until plugin gives OK?
 - add prompt_addtext({buf}, {expr})	none	add text to a prompt buffer
 
@@ -91,15 +77,13 @@ Terminal debugger:
 - Termdebug does not work when Vim was build with mzscheme: gdb hangs just
   after "run".  Everything else works, including communication channel.  Not
   initializing mzscheme avoid the problem, thus it's not some #ifdef.
-- Add support for lldb?  #3565
+- Add support for lldb?  issue #3565
 - Could we do something similar for debugging Vim scripts?  At least see the
   script while stepping through it.  Simple version would use an extra window.
   More complete solution would actually run Vim in a Terminal and control it
   with another Vim instance.
 
 Terminal emulator window:
-- When typing "exit" in a terminal window with a shell and it's the only
-  window, should exit Vim instead of editing another buffer. (#4539)
 - When the job in the terminal doesn't use mouse events, let the scroll wheel
   scroll the scrollback, like a terminal does at the shell prompt. #2490
   And use modeless selection.  #2962
@@ -107,13 +91,10 @@ Terminal emulator window:
   be redrawn.
 - GUI: When using ":set go+=!" a system() call causes the hit-enter prompt.
   (#3327)
-- Terminal API: Add more functionality? (Ozaki Kiichi 2018 May 13, #2907)
 - GUI: hang until key typed. (#3530)
 - Allow for specifying the directory, with ++cwd={dir}.
 - With a vertical split only one window is updated. (Linwei, 2018 Jun 2,
   #2977)
-- Add a way to make ":term cmd" run "cmd" in a shell, instead of executing it
-  directly.  Perhaps ":term ++shell cmd". (#3340)
 - When pasting should call vterm_keyboard_start_paste(), e.g. when using
   K_MIDDLEMOUSE, calling insert_reg().
 - Users expect parsing the :term argument like a shell does, also support
@@ -133,25 +114,29 @@ Terminal emulator window:
   conversions.
 
 Error numbers available:
-E278, E279, E290, E292, E362, E366, E450, E451, E452,
+E290, E292, E362, E366, E450, E451, E452,
 E453, E454, E460, E489, E491, E565, E578, E610, E611, E653,
 E654, E856, E857, E860, E861, E863, E889, E900
 
+Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window
+manager.  Problem with Motif? Now test_gui crashes in submenu_change().
+Athena is OK.
+Motif: Build on Ubuntu can't enter any text in dialog text fields.
+
+Patch to properly break CJK lines: Anton Kochkov, #3875
+Flag in 'formatoptions' is not used in the tests.
+
 undo result wrong: Masato Nishihata, #4798
 
+Undo puts cursor in wrong line after "cG<Esc>" undo.
+
 Sound: support on Mac?  Or does libcanberra work there?
 
-Patch to add win_splitmove() function. (Andy Massimino, #4561)
-
-Patch for #4733: #4734.  Test needs improvements.
-
-Patch to fix session file when using multiple tabs. (Jason Franklin, 2019 May
-20)
+Patch to fix session file when using multiple tab pages. (Jason Franklin, 2019
+May 20)
 Also put :argadd commands at the start for all buffers, so that their order
 remains equal?  Then %argdel to clean it up.  Do try this with 'hidden' set.
-
-Make heredoc-let a bit more restrictive:
-https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/4705
+Also #4994: window-local options not always restored, related to using :badd.
 
 Completion mixes results from the current buffer with tags and other files.
 Happens when typing CTRL-N while still search for results.  E.g., type "b_" in
@@ -159,30 +144,34 @@ terminal.c and then CTRL-N twice.
 Should do current file first and not split it up when more results are found.
 (Also #1890)
 
-Patch to use timers in matchparen. (Daniel Hahler, #1338)
-Ready to include now?
-
 Adding "10" to 'spellsuggest' causes spell suggestions to become very slow.
 (#4087)
 
-Patch to support 'cursorlineopt' - only highlight the line number of the
-cursor line: #4693
+Instead of using a syntax error, use #error to fail early when something is
+wrong.  E.g. in vim.h "Error:", and blowfish.c "error!". (#5299)
 
-Let plugins know how much space is available in the last line before
-triggering the hit-enter prompt.  Internally called "sc_col".
-(Daniel Hahler, #4732)
-
-Patch for Template string: #4491  Not ready yet.  New pull: #4634
+":helptags ALL" should skip directories where "tags" cannot be written.
+(Matěj Cepl, #5026)
 
 ":bnext" in a help buffer is supposed to go to the next help buffer, but it
 goes to any buffer, and then :bnext skips help buffers, since they are
 unlisted. (#4478)
 
-Make 'showbreak' global-local.
+Enable 'termbidi' if $VTE_VERSION >= 5703 ?
+
+Universal solution to detect if t_RS is working, using cursor position.
+Koichi Iwamoto, #2126
 
 The :syntax cchar value can only be a single character.  It would be useful to
 support combining characters. (Charles Campbell)  Also #4687
 
+Include Haiku port. (Adrien Destugues, Siarzhuk Zharski, 2013 Oct 24)
+It can replace the BeOS code, which is likely not used anymore.
+Now on github: #1856.  Updated Oct 2017
+Got permission to include this under the Vim license.
+
+Result of synID() sometimes wrong in help files. (#5252)
+
 Problem showing a line if the number column width changes when using "o".
 (Mateusz Morusiewicz, #4245)
 
@@ -198,6 +187,9 @@ Caused by patch 8.1.1534.
 Visual highlight not removed when 'dipslay' is "lastline" and line doesn't
 fit. (Kevin Lawler, #4457)
 
+Patch to add per-tabpage and per-window previous directory: "lcd -" and "tcd
+-". (Yegappan Lakshmanan, #4362)
+
 Does not build with MinGW out of the box:
 - _stat64 is not defined, need to use "struct stat" in vim.h
 - WINVER conflict, should use 0x0600 by default?
@@ -205,11 +197,59 @@ Does not build with MinGW out of the box:
 Crash when mixing matchadd and substitute()? (Max Christian Pohle, 2018 May
 13, #2910)  Can't reproduce?
 
+Patch to configure BUILD_DATE for reproducible builds. (James McCoy, #513)
+
+Patch to add MODIFIED_BY to MSVC build file. (Chen Lei, 2016 Nov 24, #1275)
+
+Patch to support "0o" for octal numbers. (Ken Takata, #5304)
+
+":cexpr" sees a | in the expression as the start of the next command.  Should
+remove the "BAR" flag from the command and let the command search for the next
+command after parsing the expression.
+
+When getting a focus event halfway a mapping this aborts the mapping.  E.g.
+when "qq" is mapped and after the first "q" the mouse is moved outside of the
+gvim window (with focus follows mouse), then the K_FOCUSLOST key is put in the
+input buffer. (#5302)
+
+xterm should be able to pass focus changes to Vim, so that Vim can check for
+buffers that changed.  Perhaps in misc.c, function selectwindow().
+Xterm 224 supports it!
+Patch to make FocusGained and FocusLost work in modern terminals. (Hayaki
+Saito, 2013 Apr 24) Update 2016 Aug 12.
+Also see issue #609.
+We could add the enable/disable sequences to t_ti/t_te or t_ks/t_ke.
+
 Check_external_diff() is used too often. (Daniel Hahler, #4800)
 
+Win32: after "[I" showing matches, scroll wheel messes up screen. (Tsakiridis,
+2007 Feb 18)
+Patch by Alex Dobrynin, 2007 Jun 3.  Also fixes other scroll wheel problems.
+
+Add a WindowScrolled event.  Trigger around the same time as CursorMoved.
+Can be used to update highlighting. #3127  #5181
+
+Patch for Template string: #4491.  New pull: #4634
+Implementation is too inefficient, avoid using lambda.
+
+Incorrect formatting with autoindent. (Sebastian Gniazdowski, #4909)
+
+Patch to add the :bvimgrep command.  (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Nov 12)
+Updated 2016 Jun 10, #858  Update 2017 Mar 28: use <buffer>
+
 Errors found with random data:
     heap-buffer-overflow in alist_add (#2472)
 
+Patch to support CamelCase for spell checking: See a lower-to-upper case
+change as a word boundary. (btucker-MPCData, 2016 Nov 6, #1235)
+patch for 'spellcamelcase' option: spellcheck each CamelCased word.
+(Ben Tucker, 2016 Dec 2)
+
+Patch to add {skip} argument to search(). (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 24)
+Update 2016 Jun 10, #861
+
+Patch to add "cmdline" completion to getcompletion(). (Shougo, Oct 1, #1140)
+
 Improve fallback for menu translations, to avoid having to create lots of
 files that source the actual file.  E.g. menu_da_de -> menu_da
 Include part of #3242?
@@ -217,11 +257,28 @@ Include part of #3242?
 When a terminal exit_cb closes the window, a following typed key is lost, if
 it's in a mapping. (2018 Oct 6, #2302, #3522)
 
-Patch for Inno Setup: #2739
+Patch to have text objects defined by arbitrary single characters. (Daniel
+Thau, 2013 Nov 20, 2014 Jan 29, 2014 Jan 31)
+Added tests (James McCoy, 2016 Aug 3, #958).  Still needs more work.
+
+Patch for multi-byte characters in langmap and applying a mapping on them.
+(Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jun 12, update July 25)
+Is this the right solution?  Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
+- in vgetorpeek() apply langmap to the typeahead buffer and put the result in
+  a copy-buffer, only when langmap is appropriate for the current mode. Then
+  check for mapping and let gotchars() work on the copy-buffer.
+- Remove LANGMAP_ADJUST() in other parts of the code.  Make sure the mode is
+  covered by the above change.
+So that replaying the register doesn't use keymap/langmap and still does the
+same thing.  Remarks on PR #543 (Roland Puntaier).
+Also see #737: langmap not applied to replaying recording.
 
 Would be nice to set tab-local values for 'diffexpr' and 'diffopt'.  Use
 t:diffexpr_option t:diffopt_option? (#4782)
 
+v:register isn't reset early enough, may be used by next command.
+(Andy Massimino, #5294, possible fix in #5305)
+
 Internal diff doesn't handle binary file like external diff does. (Mike
 Williams, 2018 Oct 30)
 
@@ -230,19 +287,35 @@ Williams, 2018 Oct 30)
 "exepath('bin/cmd')" does not work while ":!bin/cmd" does work.
 (Daniel Hahler, #4710)  and executable('bin/cmd') returns 1
 
+Error drawing the number column when 'cursorline' is set. (#3893)
+
 Problem with :tlmenu: Detach item added with all modes?  Issue #3563.
 
+Add an argument to expandcmd() to expand like ":next" does.
+
+When both "a" and "l" is in 'formatoptions' then auto-formatting also happens
+in a long line. #5189
+
 The quoting of the [command] argument of :terminal is not clearly documented.
 Give a few examples. (#4288)
 
 Opening a file with --remote-tab-silent that matches 'wildignore' does not
 work, results in (E479: No match". (#4610)
 
+Patch for this (Tristan Konolige, #1011, only adds the option, no implem.):
+7   Add an option to add one pixel column to the character width?  Lucida
+    Console italic is wider than the normal font ("d" overlaps with next char).
+    Opposite of 'linespace': 'columnspace'.
+
 Bug: script written with "-W scriptout" contains Key codes, while the script
 read with "-s scriptin" expects escape codes.  Probably "scriptout" needs to
 be adjusted. (Daniel Steinberg, 2019 Feb 24, #4041)
 
-":registers" should indicate char/block/linewise.  (Ayberk Aydin, #4546)
+Add a string to the 'display' option ("smoothscroll" ?) to make CTRL-E and
+CTRL-Y scroll one screen line, also if this means the first line doesn't start
+with the first character (like what happens with a last line that doesn't
+fit).  Display "<<<" at the start of the first visible line (like "@@@" is
+displayed in the last line). (Arseny Nasokin,  #5154)
 
 Patch for ambiguous width characters in libvterm on MS-Windows 10.
 (Nobuhiro Takasaki, #4411)
@@ -284,8 +357,6 @@ Many users don't like 'thesaurus' to match so many words. (#4667, #1611)
 Some composing characters actually add a cell width to the character they are
 on top off, making the whole thing two characters wide. (#4526)
 
-Add CmdwinLeavePost (#4762).  Also add WinLeavePost then?
-
 Should we include some part of pull request #4505, not increment changedtick
 in some cases?  E.g. for ":write" when the changed flag was already off, the
 buffer didn't change at all.
@@ -317,6 +388,9 @@ Support setting the character displayed below the last line?  Neovim uses
 Check: __attribute__((format(printf, on semsg() and siemsg().  Where was this
 added?
 
+Patch to add a flatten() function.  #3676.  Check that the doc explains the
+maxdepth argument (applies to the input "recursiveness").
+
 Add test for urxvt mouse codes.  Also test that mouse coordinates can be
 negative. (see #4326)
 
@@ -352,11 +426,6 @@ Not existing directory in CDPATH leads to two shell calls. (#4525)
 Use dict_iterate_start() / dict_iterate_next() instead of relying on the
 internals of the dict structure.
 
-Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window
-manager.  Problem with Motif? Now test_gui crashes in submenu_change().
-Athena is OK.
-Motif: Build on Ubuntu can't enter any text in dialog text fields.
-
 nvo-mode mapping works on Windows, not on Linux. (#3678)
 
 Missing tests for:
@@ -366,9 +435,6 @@ Redo only remembers the last change.  Could use "{count}g." to redo an older
 change.  How does the user know which change?  At least have a way to list
 them: ":repeats".  Add to history, like search history and command line history.
 
-When using exclusive selection and vi" that fails, cursor moves to the left.
-Cursor should not move. (#4024)
-
 Incsearch test fails when locale is "C". (Dominique Pelle, #3986)
 Also run all tests with C locale?
 
@@ -487,9 +553,6 @@ How would we know that the status line needs to be updated?
 
 Adjust windows installer explanation of behavior. (scootergrisen, #3310)
 
-Set g:actual_curbuf when evaluating 'statusline', not just with an expression.
-(Daniel Hahler, 2018 Aug 8, #3299)
-
 Update for xim-input-style help (Tony Mechelynck, 2019 Jan 10).
 Feedback from someone who uses this?
 
@@ -508,9 +571,6 @@ Further xdiff changes:
 
 Difference between two regexp engines: #3373
 
-Patch to properly break CJK lines: #3875
-Requires more tests.  dbcs_ functions are not implemented.
-
 Patch to add ch_listen() (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2018 Nov 26, #3639)
 What is the practical use for this?
 
@@ -518,13 +578,18 @@ When the last line wraps, selecting with the mouse below that line only
 includes the first screen line. (2018 Aug 23, #3368)
 
 Refactored HTML indent file. (Michael Lee, #1821)
-Ask to write a test first.
+Asked to write a test.
 
 MS-Windows: .lnk file not resolved properly when 'encoding' is set.
 (lkintact, 2018 Sep 22, #3473)
 
 Merge checking for 'cursorline' and 'concealcursor', see neovim #9492.
 
+Display error when a conceal match uses '\%>1l'. (#4854)
+
+Add a windowID argument to placing a sign, so that it only shows up in one
+window for the buffer.
+
 Request to add sign_setlist() to make it faster to add a lot of signs, e.g.
 when adding a sign for every quickfix entry. (#4557)
 
@@ -590,9 +655,6 @@ used for git temp files.
 
 Cursor in wrong position when line wraps. (#2540)
 
-Patch to parse ":line" in tags file and use it for search. (Daniel Hahler,
-#2546)  Fixes #1057.  Missing a test.
-
 Setting 'columns' in a BufEnter autocommand causes a second tab width to
 behave strangely, as if there is a gap and a vertical window separator.
 (Michael Soyka, 2018 Sep 23, #3477)
@@ -603,9 +665,6 @@ pass an expression to evaluate.  Allow passing zero for "never skip".
 Add an option similar to 'lazyredraw' to skip redrawing while executing a
 script or function.
 
-Universal solution to detect if t_RS is working, using cursor position.
-Koichi Iwamoto, #2126
-
 When using a menu item while the "more" prompt is displayed doesn't work well.
 E.g. after using help->version.  Have a key that ends the "more" prompt and
 does nothing otherwise?
@@ -776,7 +835,7 @@ Problem with 'delcombine'. (agguser, 2017 Nov 10, #2313)
 MS-Windows: buffer completion doesn't work when using backslash (or slash)
 for a path separator. (xtal8, #2201)
 
-Would be nice for insert mode completion to highlight the text that was added
+Would be nice for Insert mode completion to highlight the text that was added
 (and may change when picking another completion).
 
 Test runtime files.
@@ -799,15 +858,8 @@ The ":move" command does not honor closed folds. (Ryan Lue, #2351)
 Patch to fix increment/decrement not working properly when 'virtualedit' is
 set. (Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Aug 1, #923)
 
-Patch to make gM move to middle of line. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, Sep 8, #2070)
-
 Cannot copy modeless selection when cursor is inside it. (lkintact, #2300)
 
-Include Haiku port. (Adrien Destugues, Siarzhuk Zharski, 2013 Oct 24)
-It can replace the BeOS code, which is likely not used anymore.
-Now on github: #1856.  Updated Oct 2017
-Got permission to include this under the Vim license.
-
 Test_writefile_fails_conversion failure on Solaris because if different iconv
 behavior.  Skip when "uname" returns "SunOS"? (Pavel Heimlich, #1872)
 
@@ -904,8 +956,6 @@ Memory leak in test97?  The string is actually freed.  Weird.
 assert_fails() can only check for the first error.  Make it possible to have
 it catch multiple errors and check all of them.
 
-New value "uselast" for 'switchbuf'. (Lemonboy, 2017 Apr 23, #1652)
-
 Add a toolbar in the terminal.  Can be global, above all windows, or specific
 for one window.
 
@@ -993,10 +1043,6 @@ somewhere else.  :{range}copy {dest} !cmd
 Patch to fix that empty first tab is not in session.
 (Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Nov 25, #1282)
 
-Patch to add random number generator. (Hong Xu, 2010 Nov 8, update Nov 10)
-Alternative from Christian Brabandt. (2010 Sep 19)
-New one from Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #1277.
-
 Patch to fix escaping of job arguments. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2016 Oct 5)
 Update Oct 14: https://gist.github.com/mattn/d47e7d3bfe5ade4be86062b565a4bfca
 Update Aug 2017: #1954
@@ -1052,10 +1098,6 @@ Patch to make it possible to extend a list with itself.
 
 Patch to add Zstandard compressed file support. (Nick Terrell, 2016 Oct 24)
 
-Patch to add MODIFIED_BY to MSVC build file. (Chen Lei, 2016 Nov 24, #1275)
-
-Patch to change argument of :marks. (LemonBoy, 2017 Jan 29, #1426)
-
 On Windows buffer completion sees backslash as escape char instead of path
 separator. (Toffanim, 2016 Nov 24, #1274)
 
@@ -1075,6 +1117,10 @@ sort() is not stable when using numeric/float sort (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Sep
 4#1038)
 
 +channel:
+- Add a in_cb, invoked when the write buffer has become empty. (Matteo Landi)
+- Add ch_readlines(): for a channel in NL mode, reads as many lines as are
+  available.  Should be more efficient than looping over ch_read() with
+  ch_status() to check for more.
 - Add a separate timeout for opening a socket.  Currently it's fixed at 50
   msec, which is too small for a remote connection. (tverniquet, #2130)
 - Problem with stderr on Windows? (Vincent Rischmann, 2016 Aug 31, #1026)
@@ -1154,8 +1200,6 @@ Regexp problems:
   Another one: echom matchstr(" sdfsfsf\n sfdsdfsdf",'[^\n]*')
   (2017 May 15, #1252)
 
-Patch to add "cmdline" completion to getcompletion(). (Shougo, Oct 1, #1140)
-
 Feature request: Complete members of a dictionary. (Luc Hermitte, 2017 Jan 4,
 #1350)
 
@@ -1171,11 +1215,6 @@ Include the test.
 When 'keywordprg' starts with ":" the argument is still escaped as a shell
 command argument. (Romain Lafourcade, 2016 Oct 16, #1175)
 
-Patch to support CamelCase for spell checking: See a lower-to-upper case
-change as a word boundary. (btucker-MPCData, 2016 Nov 6, #1235)
-patch for 'spellcamelcase' option: spellcheck each CamelCased word.
-(Ben Tucker, 2016 Dec 2)
-
 Idea from Sven: record sequence of keys.  Useful to show others what they are
 doing (look over the shoulder), and also to see what happened.
 Probably list of keystrokes, with some annotations for mode changes.
@@ -1258,9 +1297,6 @@ Reject the value? #710.
 When doing "vi buf.md" a BufNew autocommand for *.md is not triggered.
 Because of using the initial buffer? (Dun Peal, 2016 May 12)
 
-Patch to add the :bvimgrep command.  (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Nov 12)
-Updated 2016 Jun 10, #858  Update 2017 Mar 28: use <buffer>
-
 Add redrawtabline command. (Naruhiko Nishino, 2016 Jun 11)
 
 Neovim patch for utfc_ptr2char_len() https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/4574
@@ -1322,10 +1358,6 @@ Also need to run update-desktop-database (Kuriyama Kazunobu, 2015 Nov 4)
 Test object i{ and it do not behave the same. #1379
 Do not include the linebreak at the start?
 
-Patch to have text objects defined by arbitrary single characters. (Daniel
-Thau, 2013 Nov 20, 2014 Jan 29, 2014 Jan 31)
-Added tests (James McCoy, 2016 Aug 3).  Still needs more work.
-
 Feature request: add the "al" text object, to manipulate a screen line.
 Especially useful when using 'linebreak'
 
@@ -1341,9 +1373,6 @@ If ":bd" also closes a Tab page then the " mark is not set.  (Harm te Hennepe,
 Patch to avoid redrawing tabline when the popup menu is visible.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jan 28)
 
-Patch to add {skip} argument to search(). (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 24)
-Update 2016 Jun 10, #861
-
 Patch to show search statistics. (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jul 22)
 
 When the CursorMovedI event triggers, and CTRL-X was typed, a script cannot
@@ -1462,18 +1491,6 @@ Patch to fix checking global option value when not using it.
 When 'showbreak' is set repeating a Visual operation counts the size of the
 'showbreak' text as part of the operation. (Axel Bender, 2015 Jul 20)
 
-Patch for multi-byte characters in langmap and applying a mapping on them.
-(Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jun 12, update July 25)
-Is this the right solution?  Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
-- in vgetorpeek() apply langmap to the typeahead buffer and put the result in
-  a copy-buffer, only when langmap is appropriate for the current mode. Then
-  check for mapping and let gotchars() work on the copy-buffer.
-- Remove LANGMAP_ADJUST() in other parts of the code.  Make sure the mode is
-  covered by the above change.
-So that replaying the register doesn't use keymap/langmap and still does the
-same thing.  Remarks on issue 543 (Roland Puntaier).
-Also see #737: langmap not applied to replaying recording.
-
 Patch to add grepfile(). (Scott Prager, 2015 May 26)
 Work in progress.
 
@@ -1582,14 +1599,6 @@ compatible with Vim spell files.  The old files can no longer be downloaded.
 Spell checking: Add a feature to only consider two spaces after a dot to start
 a new sentence.  Don't give the capitalization error when there is one space.
 
-xterm should be able to pass focus changes to Vim, so that Vim can check for
-buffers that changed.  Perhaps in misc.c, function selectwindow().
-Xterm 224 supports it!
-Patch to make FocusGained and FocusLost work in modern terminals. (Hayaki
-Saito, 2013 Apr 24) Update 2016 Aug 12.
-Also see issue #609.
-We could add the enable/disable sequences to t_ti/t_te or t_ks/t_ke.
-
 Idea: For a window in the middle (has window above and below it), use
 right-mouse-drag on the status line to move a window up/down without changing
 its height?  It's like dragging the status bar above it at the same time.
@@ -1890,9 +1899,6 @@ Syntax region with 'concealends' and a 'cchar' value, 'conceallevel' set to 2,
 only one of the two ends gets the cchar displayed. (Brett Stahlman, 2010 Aug
 21, Ben Fritz, 2010 Sep 14)
 
-'cursorline' works on a text line only.  Add 'cursorscreenline' for
-highlighting the screen line. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Mar 31)
-
 Win32: Patch to use task dialogs when available. (Sergiu Dotenco, 2011 Sep 17)
 New feature, requires testing.  Made some remarks.
 
@@ -2136,10 +2142,6 @@ Looks like only bash can do it. (Yakov Lerner)
 Cscope "cs add" stopped working somewhat before 7.2.438. (Gary Johnson, 2010
 Jun 29)  Caused by 7.2.433?
 
-I often see pasted text (from Firefox, to Vim in xterm) appear twice.
-Also, Vim in xterm sometimes loses copy/paste ability (probably after running
-an external command).
-
 Jumplist doesn't work properly in Insert mode? (Jean Johner, 2010 Mar 20)
 
 Problem with transparent cmdline.  Also: Terminal title is wrong with
@@ -2702,10 +2704,6 @@ patches by Mathias, see mail Feb 22)
 Win32: compiling with normal features and OLE fails.  Patch by Mathias
 Michaelis, 2006 Jun 4.
 
-Win32: after "[I" showing matches, scroll wheel messes up screen. (Tsakiridis,
-2007 Feb 18)
-Patch by Alex Dobrynin, 2007 Jun 3.  Also fixes other scroll wheel problems.
-
 Win32: using CTRL-S in Insert mode doesn't remove the "+" from the tab pages
 label.  (Tsakiridis, 2007 Feb 18)  Patch from Ian Kelling, 2008 Aug 6.
 
@@ -2735,10 +2733,6 @@ If the variable "g:x#y#z" exists completion after ":echo g:x#" doesn't work.
 Feature request: Command to go to previous tab, like what CTRL-W p does for
 windows. (Adam George)
 
-F1 - F4 in an xterm produce a different escape sequence when used with a
-modifier key.  Need to catch three different sequences.  Use K_ZF1, like
-K_ZHOME? (Dickey, 2007 Dec 2)
-
 In debug mode, using CTRL-R = to evaluate a function causes stepping through
 the function. (Hari Krishna Dara, 2006 Jun 28)
 
@@ -2873,12 +2867,6 @@ Setting 'background' resets the Normal background color:
 This is undesired, 'background' is supposed to tell Vim what the background
 color is, not reset it.
 
-Linux distributions:
-- Suggest compiling xterm with --enable-tcap-query, so that nr of colors is
-  known to Vim.  88 colors instead of 16 works better.  See ":help
-  xfree-xterm".
-- Suggest including bare "vi" and "vim" with X11, syntax, etc.
-
 Completion menu: For a wrapping line, completing a long file name, only the
 start of the path is shown in the menu.  Should move the menu to the right to
 show more text of the completions.  Shorten the items that don't fit in the
@@ -2893,12 +2881,6 @@ the buffer is displayed. (Antonios Tsakiridis)
 When ":cn" moves to an error in the same line the message isn't shortened.
 Only skip shortening for ":cc"?
 
-Write "making vim work better" for the docs (mostly pointers): *nice*
-    - sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/vimrc_example.vim
-    - setting 'mouse' to "a"
-    - getting colors in xterm
-    - compiling Vim with X11, GUI, etc.
-
 Problem with ":call" and dictionary function. Hari Krishna Dara, Charles
 Campbell 2006 Jul 06.
 
@@ -2992,11 +2974,6 @@ When 'encoding' is utf-8 typing text at the end of the line causes previously
 typed characters to be redrawn.  Caused by patch 7.1.329. (Tyler Spivey, 2008
 Sep 3, 11)
 
-When Vim in an xterm owns the selection and the user does ":shell" Vim doesn't
-respond to selection requests.  Invoking XtDisownSelection() before executing
-the shell doesn't help.  Would require forking and doing a message loop, like
-what happens for the GUI.
-
 ":vimgrep" does not recognize a recursive symlink.  Is it possible to detect
 this, at least for Unix (using device/inode)?
 
@@ -3085,11 +3062,6 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
     use the patch that keeps using HLF_8 if HLF_WS has not
     been given values.
     Add section in help files for these highlight groups?
-8   "fg" and "bg" don't work in an xterm.  Get default colors from xterm
-    with an ESC sequence.
-    xterm can send colors for many things.  E.g. for the cursor:
-	<Esc>]12;?<Bel>
-    Can use this to get the background color and restore the colors on exit.
 7   Add "DefaultFG" and "DefaultBG" for the colors of the menu. (Marcin
     Dalecki has a patch for Motif and Carbon)
 -   Add possibility to highlight specific columns (for Fortran).  Or put a
@@ -3291,9 +3263,6 @@ Win32 GUI known bugs:
 8   When the 'shell' cannot be executed, should give an appropriate error msg.
     Esp. for a filter command, currently it only complains the file could not
     be read.
-7   Add an option to add one pixel column to the character width?  Lucida
-    Console italic is wider than the normal font ("d" overlaps with next char).
-    Opposite of 'linespace': 'columnspace'.
 7   At the hit-enter prompt scrolling now no longer works.  Need to use the
     keyboard to get around this.  Pretend <CR> was hit when the user tries to
     scroll?
@@ -3686,7 +3655,6 @@ Macintosh:
 8   Xterm sends ^[[H for <Home> and ^[[F for <End> in some mode.  Also
     recognize these keys?  Mostly useful for xterm simulators, like gnometerm.
     See http://dickey.his.com/xterm/xterm.faq.html#xterm_pc_style.
-8   For xterm also recognize keypad up/down/left/right and insert.
 8   '[ and '] should be set to start/end of line when using a linewise operator
     (e.g., ":w").
 8   CTRL-A can't handle big "long" numbers, they become negative.  Check for
@@ -3701,10 +3669,6 @@ Macintosh:
     filesystem, an illegal file name may be created: ".vim".
 8   For each buffer that is opened, the viminfo file is opened and read to
     check for file marks.  This can be slow.
-7   In xterm, recognize both vt100 and vt220 cursor keys.  Change
-    add_termcode() to not remove an existing entry for a name, when it's
-    needed.
-    Need a generic solution to recognize different codes for the same key.
 8   Core dump within signal function: gdb doesn't show stack backtrace!  Option
     to skip catch_signals()?
 9   Repeating a "cw" with "." doesn't work if the text was pasted from the
@@ -4636,9 +4600,6 @@ Messages:
 
 
 Screen updating:
-7   Add a string to the 'display' option to make CTRL-E and CTRL-Y scroll one
-    screen line, also if this means the first line doesn't start with the
-    first character (like what happens with a single line that doesn't fit).
 -   screen_line():
     - insert/delete character stuff.
     - improve delete rest of line (spaces at end of line).

runtime/doc/usr_01.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_01.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2017 Jul 15
+*usr_01.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ the commands and options used for it.  Use these two commands:
 	Press  CTRL-O  to jump back (repeat to go further back).
 
 Many links are in vertical bars, like this: |bars|.  The bars themselves may
-be hidden or invisible, see below.  An option name, like 'number', a command
+be hidden or invisible; see below.  An option name, like 'number', a command
 in double quotes like ":write" and any other word can also be used as a link.
 Try it out: Move the cursor to  CTRL-]  and press CTRL-] on it.
 
-Other subjects can be found with the ":help" command, see |help.txt|.
+Other subjects can be found with the ":help" command; see |help.txt|.
 
 The bars and stars are usually hidden with the |conceal| feature.  They also
 use |hl-Ignore|, using the same color for the text as the background.  You can
@@ -101,14 +101,14 @@ For more info see |vimrc| and |compatible-default|.
 	alternative called "evim" (easy Vim).  This is still Vim, but used in
 	a way that resembles a click-and-type editor like Notepad.  It always
 	stays in Insert mode, thus it feels very different.  It is not
-	explained in the user manual, since it should be mostly self
-	explanatory.  See |evim-keys| for details.
+	explained in the user manual, since it should be mostly
+	self-explanatory.  See |evim-keys| for details.
 
 ==============================================================================
 *01.3*	Using the Vim tutor				*tutor* *vimtutor*
 
 Instead of reading the text (boring!) you can use the vimtutor to learn your
-first Vim commands.  This is a 30 minute tutorial that teaches the most basic
+first Vim commands.  This is a 30-minute tutorial that teaches the most basic
 Vim functionality hands-on.
 
 On Unix, if Vim has been properly installed, you can start it from the shell:

runtime/doc/usr_02.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_02.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2017 Mar 14
+*usr_02.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -255,11 +255,11 @@ restores the character.
 
 	g intelligent turtle ~
 
-The next u command restores the next-to-last character deleted:
+The next "u" command restores the next-to-last character deleted:
 
 	ng intelligent turtle ~
 
-The next u command gives you the u, and so on:
+The next "u" command gives you the u, and so on:
 
 	ung intelligent turtle ~
 	oung intelligent turtle ~
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ To exit, use the "ZZ" command.  This command writes the file and exits.
 	Unlike many other editors, Vim does not automatically make a backup
 	file.  If you type "ZZ", your changes are committed and there's no
 	turning back.  You can configure the Vim editor to produce backup
-	files, see |07.4|.
+	files; see |07.4|.
 
 
 DISCARDING CHANGES
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ message and refuse to exit:
 	E37: No write since last change (use ! to override) ~
 
 By specifying the override, you are in effect telling Vim, "I know that what
-I'm doing looks stupid, but I'm a big boy and really want to do this."
+I'm doing looks stupid, but I really want to do this."
 
 If you want to continue editing with Vim: The ":e!" command reloads the
 original version of the file.
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
    command argument %: >
    	:help c_%
 
-8) Ex-commands always start with ":", so to go to the :s command help: >
+8) Ex-commands always start with ":", so to go to the ":s" command help: >
 	:help :s
 
 9) Commands specifically for debugging start with ">".  To go to the help
@@ -561,22 +561,23 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
 10) Key combinations.  They usually start with a single letter indicating
     the mode for which they can be used.  E.g.: >
    	:help i_CTRL-X
-<    takes you to the family of Ctrl-X commands for insert mode which can be
-    used to auto complete different things.  Note, that certain keys will
+<    takes you to the family of CTRL-X commands for insert mode which can be
+    used to auto-complete different things.  Note, that certain keys will
     always be written the same, e.g. Control will always be CTRL.
     For normal mode commands there is no prefix and the topic is available at
     :h CTRL-<Letter>. E.g.  >
    	:help CTRL-W
 <    In contrast >
 	:help c_CTRL-R
-<    will describe what the Ctrl-R does when entering commands in the Command
+<    will describe what the CTRL-R does when entering commands in the Command
     line and >
-   	:help v_Ctrl-A
+   	:help v_CTRL-A
 <    talks about incrementing numbers in visual mode and >
 	:help g_CTRL-A
-<    talks about the g<C-A> command (e.g. you have to press "g" then <Ctrl-A>).
-    Here the "g" stand for the normal command "g" which always expects a second
-    key before doing something similar to the commands starting with "z"
+<    talks about the "g<C-A>" command (e.g. you have to press "g" then
+    <CTRL-A>).  Here the "g" stand for the normal command "g" which always
+    expects a second key before doing something similar to the commands
+    starting with "z"
 
 11) Regexp items always start with /.  So to get help for the "\+" quantifier
     in Vim regexes: >
@@ -647,15 +648,16 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
 <    Also if you want to access a certain chapter in the help, the chapter
     number can be accessed directly like this: >
     	:help 10.1
-<    goes to chapter 10.1 in |usr_10.txt| and talks about recording macros.
+<    which goes to chapter 10.1 in |usr_10.txt| and talks about recording
+    macros.
 
 19) Highlighting groups.  Always start with hl-groupname.  E.g. >
     	:help hl-WarningMsg
 <    talks about the WarningMsg highlighting group.
 
-20) Syntax highlighting is namespaced to :syn-topic e.g. >
+20) Syntax highlighting is namespaced to :syn-topic.  E.g. >
 	:help :syn-conceal
-<    talks about the conceal argument for the :syn command.
+<    talks about the conceal argument for the ":syn" command.
 
 21) Quickfix commands usually start with :c while location list commands
     usually start with :l
@@ -688,7 +690,7 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
 <    takes you exactly to the description of the swap error message and >
 	:help W10
 <    talks about the warning "Changing a readonly file".
-    Sometimes however, those error codes are not described, but rather are
+    Sometimes, however, those error codes are not described, but rather are
     listed at the Vim command that usually causes this.  So: >
     	:help E128
 <    takes you to the |:function| command

runtime/doc/usr_03.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2017 Jul 21
+*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ The "$" command moves the cursor to the end of a line.  If your keyboard has
 an <End> key it will do the same thing.
 
 The "^" command moves to the first non-blank character of the line.  The "0"
-command (zero) moves to the very first character of the line.  The <Home> key
-does the same thing.  In a picture:
+command (zero) moves to the very first character of the line, and the <Home>
+key does the same thing.  In a picture:
 
 		  ^
 	     <------------
@@ -221,7 +221,8 @@ you can see?  This figure shows the three commands you can use:
 		L -->	| text sample text	    |
 			+---------------------------+
 
-Hints: "H" stands for Home, "M" for Middle and "L" for Last.
+Hints: "H" stands for Home, "M" for Middle and "L" for Last.  Alternatively,
+"H" for high, "M" for Middle and "L" for low.
 
 ==============================================================================
 *03.6*	Telling where you are
@@ -298,22 +299,22 @@ To scroll one line at a time use CTRL-E (scroll up) and CTRL-Y (scroll down).
 Think of CTRL-E to give you one line Extra.  (If you use MS-Windows compatible
 key mappings CTRL-Y will redo a change instead of scroll.)
 
-To scroll forward by a whole screen (except for two lines) use CTRL-F.  The
-other way is backward, CTRL-B is the command to use.  Fortunately CTRL-F is
-Forward and CTRL-B is Backward, that's easy to remember.
+To scroll forward by a whole screen (except for two lines) use CTRL-F.  To
+scroll backwards, use CTRL-B.  These should be easy to remember: F for
+Forwards and B for Backwards.
 
 A common issue is that after moving down many lines with "j" your cursor is at
 the bottom of the screen.  You would like to see the context of the line with
 the cursor.  That's done with the "zz" command.
 
 	+------------------+		 +------------------+
-	| some text	   |		 | some text	    |
-	| some text	   |		 | some text	    |
-	| some text	   |		 | some text	    |
-	| some text	   |   zz  -->	 | line with cursor |
-	| some text	   |		 | some text	    |
-	| some text	   |		 | some text	    |
-	| line with cursor |		 | some text	    |
+	| earlier text	   |		 | earlier text	    |
+	| earlier text	   |		 | earlier text	    |
+	| earlier text	   |		 | earlier text	    |
+	| earlier text	   |   zz  -->	 | line with cursor |
+	| earlier text	   |		 | later text	    |
+	| earlier text	   |		 | later text	    |
+	| line with cursor |		 | later text	    |
 	+------------------+		 +------------------+
 
 The "zt" command puts the cursor line at the top, "zb" at the bottom.  There
@@ -353,7 +354,7 @@ The "?" command works like "/" but searches backwards: >
 
 The "N" command repeats the last search the opposite direction.  Thus using
 "N" after a "/" command searches backwards, using "N" after "?" searches
-forward.
+forwards.
 
 
 IGNORING CASE
@@ -462,8 +463,8 @@ really jump to that location.  Or type more to change the search string.
 	:set nowrapscan
 
 This stops the search at the end of the file.  Or, when you are searching
-backwards, at the start of the file.  The 'wrapscan' option is on by default,
-thus searching wraps around the end of the file.
+backwards, it stops the search at the start of the file.  The 'wrapscan'
+option is on by default, thus searching wraps around the end of the file.
 
 
 INTERMEZZO
@@ -485,7 +486,8 @@ Vim.  Example: >
 	Go:set hlsearch<Esc>
 
 "G" moves to the end of the file.  "o" starts a new line, where you type the
-":set" command.  You end insert mode with <Esc>.  Then write the file: >
+":set" command.  You end insert mode with <Esc>.  Then write and close the
+file: >
 
 	ZZ
 
@@ -499,8 +501,8 @@ Regular expressions are an extremely powerful and compact way to specify a
 search pattern.  Unfortunately, this power comes at a price, because regular
 expressions are a bit tricky to specify.
    In this section we mention only a few essential ones.  More about search
-patterns and commands in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.  You can find the full
-explanation here: |pattern|.
+patterns and commands can be found in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.  You can find
+the full explanation here: |pattern|.
 
 
 BEGINNING AND END OF A LINE
@@ -526,9 +528,9 @@ And with "/^the" we find this one:
 	the solder holding one of the chips melted and the ~
 	xxx
 
-You can try searching with "/^the$", it will only match a single line
-consisting of "the".  White space does matter here, thus if a line contains a
-space after the word, like "the ", the pattern will not match.
+You can try searching with "/^the$"; it will only match a single line
+consisting entirely of "the".  White space does matter here, thus if a line
+contains a space after the word, like "the ", the pattern will not match.
 
 
 MATCHING ANY SINGLE CHARACTER
@@ -563,20 +565,20 @@ where you came from, use this command: >
 
 This ` is a backtick or open single-quote character.
    If you use the same command a second time you will jump back again.  That's
-because the ` command is a jump itself, and the position from before this jump
-is remembered.
+because the "`" command is a jump itself, and the position from before this
+jump is remembered.
 
 Generally, every time you do a command that can move the cursor further than
 within the same line, this is called a jump.  This includes the search
 commands "/" and "n" (it doesn't matter how far away the match is).  But not
 the character searches with "fx" and "tx" or the word movements "w" and "e".
-   Also, "j" and "k" are not considered to be a jump.  Even when you use a
+   Also, "j" and "k" are not considered to be a jump, even when you use a
 count to make them move the cursor quite a long way away.
 
-The `` command jumps back and forth, between two points.  The CTRL-O command
+The "``" command jumps back and forth, between two points.  The CTRL-O command
 jumps to older positions (Hint: O for older).  CTRL-I then jumps back to newer
-positions (Hint: I is just next to O on the keyboard).  Consider this sequence
-of commands: >
+positions (Hint: for many common keyboard layouts, I is just next to O).
+Consider this sequence of commands: >
 
 	33G
 	/^The
@@ -614,9 +616,9 @@ Thus to move to the a mark:
 >
 	`a
 
-The command 'mark (single quotation mark, or apostrophe) moves you to the
-beginning of the line containing the mark.  This differs from the `mark
-command, which moves you to marked column.
+The command "'mark" (single quotation mark, or apostrophe) moves you to the
+beginning of the line containing the mark.  This differs from the "`mark"
+command, which also moves you to the marked column.
 
 The marks can be very useful when working on two related parts in a file.
 Suppose you have some text near the start of the file you need to look at,

runtime/doc/usr_04.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_04.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2014 Aug 29
+*usr_04.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ using a count: "4x" deletes four characters.
 move word command.  In fact, the "d" command may be followed by any motion
 command, and it deletes from the current location to the place where the
 cursor winds up.
-   The "4w" command, for example, moves the cursor over four words.  The d4w
+   The "4w" command, for example, moves the cursor over four words.  The "d4w"
 command deletes four words.
 
 	To err is human. To really foul up you need a computer. ~
@@ -91,14 +91,14 @@ This "c2wbe<Esc>" contains these bits:
 	be	insert this text
 	<Esc>	back to Normal mode
 
-If you have paid attention, you will have noticed something strange: The space
-before "human" isn't deleted.  There is a saying that for every problem there
-is an answer that is simple, clear, and wrong.  That is the case with the
-example used here for the "cw" command.  The c operator works just like the
-d operator, with one exception: "cw".  It actually works like "ce", change to
-end of word.  Thus the space after the word isn't included.  This is an
-exception that dates back to the old Vi.  Since many people are used to it
-now, the inconsistency has remained in Vim.
+You will have noticed something strange: The space before "human" isn't
+deleted.  There is a saying that for every problem there is an answer that is
+simple, clear, and wrong.  That is the case with the example used here for the
+"cw" command.  The c operator works just like the d operator, with one
+exception: "cw".  It actually works like "ce", change to end of word.  Thus
+the space after the word isn't included.  This is an exception that dates back
+to the old Vi.  Since many people are used to it now, the inconsistency has
+remained in Vim.
 
 
 MORE CHANGES
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Insert mode and append new text.
 SHORTCUTS
 
 Some operator-motion commands are used so often that they have been given a
-single letter command:
+single-letter command:
 
 	x  stands for  dl  (delete character under the cursor)
 	X  stands for  dh  (delete character left of the cursor)
@@ -138,6 +138,7 @@ REPLACING WITH ONE CHARACTER
 The "r" command is not an operator.  It waits for you to type a character, and
 will replace the character under the cursor with it.  You could do the same
 with "cl" or with the "s" command, but with "r" you don't have to press <Esc>
+to get back out of insert mode.
 
 	there is somerhing grong here ~
 	rT	     rt    rw
@@ -164,7 +165,7 @@ The "." command is one of the most simple yet powerful commands in Vim.  It
 repeats the last change.  For instance, suppose you are editing an HTML file
 and want to delete all the <B> tags.  You position the cursor on the first <
 and delete the <B> with the command "df>".  You then go to the < of the next
-</B> and kill it using the "." command.  The "." command executes the last
+</B> and delete it using the "." command.  The "." command executes the last
 change command (in this case, "df>").  To delete another tag, position the
 cursor on the < and use the "." command.
 
@@ -176,8 +177,8 @@ cursor on the < and use the "." command.
 	f<   find next <		       ------------->
 	.    repeat df>					    -->
 
-The "." command works for all changes you make, except for the "u" (undo),
-CTRL-R (redo) and commands that start with a colon (:).
+The "." command works for all changes you make, except for "u" (undo), CTRL-R
+(redo) and commands that start with a colon (:).
 
 Another example: You want to change the word "four" to "five".  It appears
 several times in your text.  You can do this quickly with this sequence of
@@ -201,7 +202,8 @@ change.  Then you can use Visual mode.
 You start Visual mode by pressing "v".  You move the cursor over the text you
 want to work on.  While you do this, the text is highlighted.  Finally type
 the operator command.
-   For example, to delete from halfway one word to halfway another word:
+   For example, to delete from the middle of one word to the middle of another
+word:
 
 		This is an examination sample of visual mode ~
 			       ---------->
@@ -269,8 +271,8 @@ where they open a new line below or above the cursor.
 ==============================================================================
 *04.5*	Moving text
 
-When you delete something with the "d", "x", or another command, the text is
-saved.  You can paste it back by using the p command.  (The Vim name for
+When you delete something with "d", "x", or another command, the text is
+saved.  You can paste it back by using the "p" command.  (The Vim name for
 this is put).
    Take a look at how this works.  First you will delete an entire line, by
 putting the cursor on the line you want to delete and typing "dd".  Now you
@@ -362,11 +364,11 @@ Use "y$" to yank to the end of the line.
 
 If you are using the GUI version of Vim (gvim), you can find the "Copy" item
 in the "Edit" menu.  First select some text with Visual mode, then use the
-Edit/Copy menu.  The selected text is now copied to the clipboard.  You can
-paste the text in other programs.  In Vim itself too.
+Edit/Copy menu item.  The selected text is now copied to the clipboard.  You
+can paste the text in other programs.  In Vim itself too.
 
 If you have copied text to the clipboard in another application, you can paste
-it in Vim with the Edit/Paste menu.  This works in Normal mode and Insert
+it in Vim with the Edit/Paste menu item.  This works in Normal mode and Insert
 mode.  In Visual mode the selected text is replaced with the pasted text.
 
 The "Cut" menu item deletes the text before it's put on the clipboard.  The
@@ -385,7 +387,7 @@ To put text from the clipboard back into the text: >
 	"*p
 
 This only works on versions of Vim that include clipboard support.  More about
-the clipboard in section |09.3| and here: |clipboard|.
+the clipboard can be found in section |09.3| and here: |clipboard|.
 
 ==============================================================================
 *04.8*	Text objects
@@ -401,8 +403,8 @@ to do this: "daw".
 
 The "d" of "daw" is the delete operator.  "aw" is a text object.  Hint: "aw"
 stands for "A Word".  Thus "daw" is "Delete A Word".  To be precise, the white
-space after the word is also deleted (the white space before the word at the
-end of the line).
+space after the word is also deleted (or the white space before the word if at
+the end of the line).
 
 Using text objects is the third way to make changes in Vim.  We already had
 operator-motion and Visual mode.  Now we add operator-text object.
@@ -429,11 +431,11 @@ sentence "Another line.":
 	some text. ~
 
 "cis" consists of the "c" (change) operator and the "is" text object.  This
-stands for "Inner Sentence".  There is also the "as" (a sentence) object.  The
-difference is that "as" includes the white space after the sentence and "is"
-doesn't.  If you would delete a sentence, you want to delete the white space
-at the same time, thus use "das".  If you want to type new text the white
-space can remain, thus you use "cis".
+stands for "Inner Sentence".  There is also the "as" ("A Sentence") object.
+The difference is that "as" includes the white space after the sentence and
+"is" doesn't.  If you would delete a sentence, you want to delete the white
+space at the same time, thus use "das".  If you want to type new text the
+white space can remain, thus you use "cis".
 
 You can also use text objects in Visual mode.  It will include the text object
 in the Visual selection.  Visual mode continues, thus you can do this several
@@ -470,13 +472,13 @@ character.
 *04.10*	Conclusion
 
 The operators, movement commands and text objects give you the possibility to
-make lots of combinations.  Now that you know how it works, you can use N
+make lots of combinations.  Now that you know how they work, you can use N
 operators with M movement commands to make N * M commands!
 
-You can find a list of operators here: |operator|
+You can find a list of operators here: |operator|.
 
 For example, there are many other ways to delete pieces of text.  Here are a
-few often used ones:
+few common ones:
 
 x	delete character under the cursor (short for "dl")
 X	delete character before the cursor (short for "dh")
@@ -492,14 +494,14 @@ If you use "c" instead of "d" they become change commands.  And with "y" you
 yank the text.  And so forth.
 
 
-There are a few often used commands to make changes that didn't fit somewhere
+There are a few common commands to make changes that didn't fit somewhere
 else:
 
-	~	change case of the character under the cursor, and move the
+	~	Change case of the character under the cursor, and move the
 		cursor to the next character.  This is not an operator (unless
 		'tildeop' is set), thus you can't use it with a motion
-		command.  It does work in Visual mode and changes case for
-		all the selected text then.
+		command.  It does work in Visual mode, where it changes case
+		for all the selected text.
 
 	I	Start Insert mode after moving the cursor to the first
 		non-blank in the line.

runtime/doc/usr_10.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_10.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2006 Nov 05
+*usr_10.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 22
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -370,7 +370,8 @@ into "barfoo".
 was specified in this example.  This is different from ":substitute", which
 works on one line without a range.
    The command isn't perfect, since it also matches lines where "//" appears
-halfway a line, and the substitution will also take place before the "//".
+halfway through a line, and the substitution will also take place before the
+"//".
 
 Just like with ":substitute", any pattern can be used.  When you learn more
 complicated patterns later, you can use them here.
@@ -634,8 +635,8 @@ using it.  To check the current value of 'textwidth': >
 	:set textwidth
 
 Now lines will be broken to take only up to 72 characters.  But when you
-insert text halfway a line, or when you delete a few words, the lines will get
-too long or too short.  Vim doesn't automatically reformat the text.
+insert text halfway through a line, or when you delete a few words, the lines
+will get too long or too short.  Vim doesn't automatically reformat the text.
    To tell Vim to format the current paragraph: >
 
 	gqap

runtime/doc/usr_25.txt

@@ -346,12 +346,13 @@ scroll:
 
 	g0		to first visible character in this line
 	g^		to first non-blank visible character in this line
-	gm		to middle of this line
+	gm		to middle of screen line
+	gM		to middle of the text in this line
 	g$		to last visible character in this line
 
-		|<--	 window    -->|
-	some long    text, part of which is visible ~
-		 g0  g^    gm	     g$
+		|<--	  window     -->|
+	some long    text, part of which is visible in one line ~
+		 g0  g^    gm	   gM g$
 
 
 BREAKING AT WORDS				*edit-no-break*

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 06
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -796,6 +796,7 @@ Date and Time:				*date-functions* *time-functions*
 	getftime()		get last modification time of a file
 	localtime()		get current time in seconds
 	strftime()		convert time to a string
+	strptime()		convert a date/time string to time
 	reltime()		get the current or elapsed time accurately
 	reltimestr()		convert reltime() result to a string
 	reltimefloat()		convert reltime() result to a Float
@@ -856,6 +857,7 @@ Insert mode completion:				*completion-functions*
 	complete_check()	check if completion should be aborted
 	complete_info()		get current completion information
 	pumvisible()		check if the popup menu is displayed
+	pum_getpos()		position and size of popup menu if visible
 
 Folding:					*folding-functions*
 	foldclosed()		check for a closed fold at a specific line
@@ -902,6 +904,7 @@ Interactive:					*interactive-functions*
 	confirm()		let the user make a choice
 	getchar()		get a character from the user
 	getcharmod()		get modifiers for the last typed character
+	getmousepos()		get last known mouse position
 	feedkeys()		put characters in the typeahead queue
 	input()			get a line from the user
 	inputlist()		let the user pick an entry from a list

runtime/doc/usr_90.txt

@@ -480,9 +480,9 @@ probably contains your vimrc file and other runtime files that you created, so
 be careful.
 
 Else, if you installed Vim with the zip archives, the preferred way is to use
-the "uninstal" program (note the missing l at the end).  You can find it in
-the same directory as the "install" program, e.g., "c:\vim\vim61".  This
-should also work from the usual "install/remove software" page.
+the "uninstall" program.  You can find it in the same directory as the
+"install" program, e.g., "c:\vim\vim61".  This should also work from the usual
+"install/remove software" page.
    However, this only removes the registry entries for Vim.  You have to
 delete the files yourself.  Simply select the directory "vim\vim61" and delete
 it recursively.  There should be no files there that you changed, but you

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 12
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -308,6 +308,7 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			   B	big
 			   H	huge
 			   m	manually enabled or depends on other features
+			   -    never, feature was removed
 			 (none) system dependent
 			Thus if a feature is marked with "N", it is included
 			in the normal, big and huge versions of Vim.
@@ -334,10 +335,10 @@ N  *+cindent*		|'cindent'|, C indenting
 N  *+clientserver*	Unix and Win32: Remote invocation |clientserver|
    *+clipboard*		|clipboard| support compiled-in
    *+clipboard_working*	|clipboard| support compiled-in and working
-N  *+cmdline_compl*	command line completion |cmdline-completion|
+T  *+cmdline_compl*	command line completion |cmdline-completion|
 S  *+cmdline_hist*	command line history |cmdline-history|
 N  *+cmdline_info*	|'showcmd'| and |'ruler'|
-N  *+comments*		|'comments'| support
+T  *+comments*		|'comments'| support
 B  *+conceal*		"conceal" support, see |conceal| |:syn-conceal| etc.
 N  *+cryptv*		encryption support |encryption|
 B  *+cscope*		|cscope| support
@@ -355,7 +356,7 @@ B  *+emacs_tags*	|emacs-tags| files
 N  *+eval*		expression evaluation |eval.txt|
 N  *+ex_extra*		always on now, used to be for Vim's extra Ex commands
 N  *+extra_search*	|'hlsearch'| and |'incsearch'| options.
-B  *+farsi*		|farsi| language
+-  *+farsi*		Removed: |farsi| language
 N  *+file_in_path*	|gf|, |CTRL-W_f| and |<cfile>|
 N  *+find_in_path*	include file searches: |[I|, |:isearch|,
 			|CTRL-W_CTRL-I|, |:checkpath|, etc.
@@ -372,7 +373,7 @@ N  *+gettext*		message translations |multi-lang|
 m  *+hangul_input*	Hangul input support |hangul|
    *+iconv*		Compiled with the |iconv()| function
    *+iconv/dyn*		Likewise |iconv-dynamic| |/dyn|
-N  *+insert_expand*	|insert_expand| Insert mode completion
+T  *+insert_expand*	|insert_expand| Insert mode completion
 m  *+job*		starting and stopping jobs |job|
 S  *+jumplist*		|jumplist|
 B  *+keymap*		|'keymap'|
@@ -388,8 +389,8 @@ m  *+lua*		|Lua| interface
 m  *+lua/dyn*		|Lua| interface |/dyn|
 N  *+menu*		|:menu|
 N  *+mksession*		|:mksession|
-N  *+modify_fname*	|filename-modifiers|
-N  *+mouse*		Mouse handling |mouse-using|
+T  *+modify_fname*	|filename-modifiers|
+T  *+mouse*		Mouse handling |mouse-using|
 N  *+mouseshape*	|'mouseshape'|
 B  *+mouse_dec*		Unix only: Dec terminal mouse handling |dec-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_gpm*		Unix only: Linux console mouse handling |gpm-mouse|
@@ -413,6 +414,7 @@ N  *+path_extra*	Up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
 m  *+perl*		Perl interface |perl|
 m  *+perl/dyn*		Perl interface |perl-dynamic| |/dyn|
 N  *+persistent_undo*	Persistent undo |undo-persistence|
+N  *+popupwin*		Popup windows |popup-window|
    *+postscript*	|:hardcopy| writes a PostScript file
 N  *+printer*		|:hardcopy| command
 H  *+profile*		|:profile| command
@@ -434,12 +436,12 @@ N  *+spell*		spell checking support, see |spell|
 N  *+startuptime*	|--startuptime| argument
 N  *+statusline*	Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special
 			formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'
-m  *+sun_workshop*	|workshop|; no longer supported
+-  *+sun_workshop*	Removed: |workshop|
 N  *+syntax*		Syntax highlighting |syntax|
    *+system()*		Unix only: opposite of |+fork|
 T  *+tag_binary*	binary searching in tags file |tag-binary-search|
-N  *+tag_old_static*	old method for static tags |tag-old-static|
-m  *+tag_any_white*	Removed; was to allow any white space in tags files
+-  *+tag_old_static*	Removed; method for static tags |tag-old-static|
+-  *+tag_any_white*	Removed; was to allow any white space in tags files
 m  *+tcl*		Tcl interface |tcl|
 m  *+tcl/dyn*		Tcl interface |tcl-dynamic| |/dyn|
 m  *+terminal*		Support for terminal window |terminal|
@@ -575,6 +577,8 @@ N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 			   |:marks|      - filter by text in the current file,
 					   or file name for other files
 			   |:oldfiles|   - filter by file name
+			   |:registers|  - filter by register contents
+					   (does not work multi-line)
 			   |:set|        - filter by variable name
 
 			Only normal messages are filtered, error messages are

runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 13
+*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -64,6 +64,9 @@ w300			number	(default 23)		*'w300'*
 w1200			number	(default 23)		*'w1200'*
 w9600			number	(default 23)		*'w9600'*
 
+Vi did not allow for changing the termcap entries, you would have to exit Vi,
+edit the termcap entry and try again.  Vim has the |terminal-options|.
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. Limits						*limits*
 
@@ -703,7 +706,7 @@ first character).
 
 CTRL-A works like CTRL-@ but does not leave insert mode.
 
-CTRL-R {0-9a-z..} can be used to insert the contents of a register.
+CTRL-R {register} can be used to insert the contents of a register.
 
 When the 'smartindent' option is set, C programs will be better auto-indented.
 With 'cindent' even more.
@@ -1320,6 +1323,11 @@ Set the $VIM_POSIX environment variable to have 'cpoptions' include the POSIX
 flags when Vim starts up.  This makes Vim run as POSIX as it can.  That's
 a bit different from being Vi compatible.
 
+You can find the Posix specification for Vi here:
+https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/utilities/vi.html
+And the related Ex specification:
+https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/utilities/ex.html
+
 This is where Vim does not behave as POSIX specifies and why:
 
 							*posix-screen-size*

runtime/doc/vim.man

@@ -62,10 +62,10 @@ DESCRIPTION
        -q [errorfile]
                    Start  in  quickFix mode.  The file [errorfile] is read and
                    the first error is displayed.  If [errorfile]  is  omitted,
-                   the  filename  is  obtained  from  the  'errorfile'  option
-                   (defaults to "AztecC.Err" for the  Amiga,  "errors.err"  on
-                   other  systems).   Further errors can be jumped to with the
-                   ":cn" command.  See ":help quickfix".
+                   the  filename  is obtained from the 'errorfile' option (de‐
+                   faults to "AztecC.Err" for the Amiga, "errors.err" on other
+                   systems).   Further  errors can be jumped to with the ":cn"
+                   command.  See ":help quickfix".
 
        Vim behaves differently, depending on the name of the command (the exe‐
        cutable may still be the same file).
@@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ DESCRIPTION
                  done with the "-Z" argument.
 
 OPTIONS
-       The  options  may  be  given  in  any order, before or after filenames.
-       Options without an argument can be combined after a single dash.
+       The  options may be given in any order, before or after filenames.  Op‐
+       tions without an argument can be combined after a single dash.
 
        +[num]      For the first file the cursor will be  positioned  on  line
                    "num".   If "num" is missing, the cursor will be positioned
@@ -132,8 +132,8 @@ OPTIONS
                    sible to edit a binary or executable file.
 
        -C          Compatible.   Set  the 'compatible' option.  This will make
-                   Vim behave mostly  like  Vi,  even  though  a  .vimrc  file
-                   exists.
+                   Vim behave mostly like Vi, even though a  .vimrc  file  ex‐
+                   ists.
 
        -d          Start  in  diff  mode.   There should be two, three or four
                    file name arguments.  Vim will open all the files and  show
@@ -151,15 +151,15 @@ OPTIONS
        -E          Start Vim in improved Ex mode, just like the executable was
                    called "exim".
 
-       -f          Foreground.   For  the  GUI  version, Vim will not fork and
-                   detach from the shell it was started in.  On the Amiga, Vim
+       -f          Foreground.  For the GUI version, Vim will not fork and de‐
+                   tach from the shell it was started in.  On the  Amiga,  Vim
                    is  not restarted to open a new window.  This option should
                    be used when Vim is executed by a program  that  will  wait
                    for  the  edit session to finish (e.g. mail).  On the Amiga
                    the ":sh" and ":!" commands will not work.
 
-       --nofork    Foreground.  For the GUI version, Vim  will  not  fork  and
-                   detach from the shell it was started in.
+       --nofork    Foreground.  For the GUI version, Vim will not fork and de‐
+                   tach from the shell it was started in.
 
        -F          If  Vim  has  been  compiled with FKMAP support for editing
                    right-to-left oriented files and  Farsi  keyboard  mapping,
@@ -167,12 +167,12 @@ OPTIONS
                    'rightleft' are set.  Otherwise an error message  is  given
                    and Vim aborts.
 
-       -g          If  Vim  has  been  compiled  with GUI support, this option
-                   enables the GUI.  If no GUI support  was  compiled  in,  an
-                   error message is given and Vim aborts.
+       -g          If  Vim has been compiled with GUI support, this option en‐
+                   ables the GUI.  If no GUI support was compiled in, an error
+                   message is given and Vim aborts.
 
-       -h          Give  a  bit  of  help about the command line arguments and
-                   options.  After this Vim exits.
+       -h          Give a bit of help about the command line arguments and op‐
+                   tions.  After this Vim exits.
 
        -H          If Vim has been compiled with RIGHTLEFT support for editing
                    right-to-left  oriented  files and Hebrew keyboard mapping,
@@ -181,10 +181,10 @@ OPTIONS
                    and Vim aborts.
 
        -i {viminfo}
-                   When using the viminfo file is enabled,  this  option  sets
-                   the  filename  to use, instead of the default "~/.viminfo".
-                   This can also be used to skip the use of the .viminfo file,
-                   by giving the name "NONE".
+                   Specifies the filename to use when reading or  writing  the
+                   viminfo  file,  instead  of the default "~/.viminfo".  This
+                   can also be used to skip the use of the .viminfo  file,  by
+                   giving the name "NONE".
 
        -L          Same as -r.
 
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ OPTIONS
                    files  can  not be written.  Note that these options can be
                    set to enable making modifications.
 
-       -N          No-compatible mode.  Reset the 'compatible'  option.   This
+       -N          No-compatible mode.  Resets the 'compatible' option.   This
                    will  make Vim behave a bit better, but less Vi compatible,
                    even though a .vimrc file does not exist.
 
@@ -208,8 +208,8 @@ OPTIONS
                    slow medium (e.g. floppy).  Can also  be  done  with  ":set
                    uc=0".  Can be undone with ":set uc=200".
 
-       -nb         Become  an  editor  server  for NetBeans.  See the docs for
-                   details.
+       -nb         Become an editor server for NetBeans.  See the docs for de‐
+                   tails.
 
        -o[N]       Open N windows stacked.  When N is omitted, open one window
                    for each file.
@@ -228,8 +228,8 @@ OPTIONS
                    above).  The 'readonly' option  can  be  reset  with  ":set
                    noro".  See ":help 'readonly'".
 
-       -r          List  swap  files,  with  information  about using them for
-                   recovery.
+       -r          List  swap files, with information about using them for re‐
+                   covery.
 
        -r {file}   Recovery mode.  The swap file is used to recover a  crashed
                    editing  session.   The  swap  file is a file with the same
@@ -247,8 +247,8 @@ OPTIONS
                    characters are read from the keyboard.
 
        -T {terminal}
-                   Tells Vim the name of the terminal  you  are  using.   Only
-                   required  when the automatic way doesn't work.  Should be a
+                   Tells Vim the name of the terminal you are using.  Only re‐
+                   quired  when  the  automatic way doesn't work.  Should be a
                    terminal known to Vim (builtin) or defined in  the  termcap
                    or terminfo file.
 
@@ -342,8 +342,8 @@ OPTIONS
                    the server to connect to.
 
        --socketid {id}
-                   GTK  GUI  only:  Use  the  GtkPlug mechanism to run gvim in
-                   another window.
+                   GTK  GUI only: Use the GtkPlug mechanism to run gvim in an‐
+                   other window.
 
        --version   Print version information and exit.
 

runtime/doc/visual.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*visual.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*visual.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -116,6 +116,7 @@ gn			Search forward for the last used search pattern, like
 			E.g., "dgn" deletes the text of the next match.
 			If Visual mode is active, extends the selection
 			until the end of the next match.
+			'wrapscan' applies
 			Note: Unlike `n` the search direction does not depend
 			on the previous search command.
 

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 04
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -312,6 +312,9 @@ CTRL-W CTRL-Q						*CTRL-W_CTRL-Q*
 		    :+quit  " quit the next window
 		    :+2quit " quit the second next window
 <
+		When closing a help window, Vim will try to restore the
+		previous window layout |:helpclose|.
+
 :q[uit]!
 :{count}q[uit]!
 		Without {count}: Quit the current window.  If {count} is
@@ -545,6 +548,10 @@ CTRL-W +	Increase current window height by N (default 1).
 CTRL-W CTRL-_					*CTRL-W_CTRL-_* *CTRL-W__*
 CTRL-W _	Set current window height to N (default: highest possible).
 
+:{winnr}res[ize] [+-]N
+		Like `:resize` above, but apply the size to window {winnr}
+		instead of the current window.
+
 z{nr}<CR>	Set current window height to {nr}.
 
 						*CTRL-W_<*
@@ -872,6 +879,7 @@ option.  When set, it overrules the 'previewwindow' and 'previewheight'
 settings.  The option is a comma separated list of values:
 	height		maximum height of the popup
 	width		maximum width of the popup
+	highlight	highlight group of the popup (default is Pmenu)
 Example: >
 	:set previewpopup=height:10,width:60
 
@@ -1086,6 +1094,7 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		     R	 terminal buffers with a running job
 		     F	 terminal buffers with a finished job
 		     ?   terminal buffers without a job: `:terminal NONE`
+		     t   show time last used and sort buffers
 		Combining flags means they are "and"ed together, e.g.:
 		     h+   hidden buffers which are modified
 		     a+   active buffers which are modified

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2019 Jul 27
+" Last Change:	2019 Nov 26
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -384,8 +384,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead configure.in,configure.ac setf config
 " CUDA  Cumpute Unified Device Architecture
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cu,*.cuh		setf cuda
 
-" Dockerfile
-au BufNewFile,BufRead Dockerfile,*.Dockerfile	setf dockerfile
+" Dockerfilb; Podman uses the same syntax with name Containerfile
+au BufNewFile,BufRead Containerfile,Dockerfile,*.Dockerfile	setf dockerfile
 
 " WildPackets EtherPeek Decoder
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dcd			setf dcd
@@ -425,6 +425,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.csp,*.fdr		setf csp
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pld			setf cupl
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.si			setf cuplsim
 
+" Dart
+au BufRead,BufNewfile *.dart,*.drt		setf dart
+
 " Debian Control
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */debian/control		setf debcontrol
 au BufNewFile,BufRead control
@@ -797,8 +800,11 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.java,*.jav		setf java
 " JavaCC
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jj,*.jjt		setf javacc
 
-" JavaScript, ECMAScript
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.js,*.javascript,*.es,*.jsx,*.mjs   setf javascript
+" JavaScript, ECMAScript, ES module script, CommonJS script
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.js,*.javascript,*.es,*.mjs,*.cjs   setf javascript
+
+" JavaScript with React
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsx			setf javascriptreact
 
 " Java Server Pages
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsp			setf jsp
@@ -976,6 +982,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead hg-editor-*.txt		setf hgcommit
 " Mercurial config (looks like generic config file)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hgrc,*hgrc		setf cfg
 
+" Meson Build system config
+au BufNewFile,BufRead meson.build,meson_options.txt setf meson
+
 " Messages (logs mostly)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */log/{auth,cron,daemon,debug,kern,lpr,mail,messages,news/news,syslog,user}{,.log,.err,.info,.warn,.crit,.notice}{,.[0-9]*,-[0-9]*} setf messages
 
@@ -1709,6 +1718,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufReadPost *.twig		setf twig
 " Typescript
 au BufNewFile,BufReadPost *.ts			setf typescript
 
+" TypeScript with React
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tsx			setf typescriptreact
+
 " Motif UIT/UIL files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.uit,*.uil		setf uil
 

runtime/ftplugin/bash.vim

@@ -11,21 +11,10 @@ if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
 endif
 
+unlet! b:is_sh
+unlet! b:is_kornshell
 let b:is_bash = 1
-if exists("b:is_sh")
-  unlet b:is_sh
-endif
-if exists("b:is_kornshell")
-  unlet b:is_kornshell
-endif
 
-" Setting 'filetype' here directly won't work, since we are being invoked
-" through an autocommand.  Do it later, on the BufWinEnter event.
-augroup bash_filetype
-  au BufWinEnter * call SetBashFt()
-augroup END
+runtime! ftplugin/sh.vim ftplugin/sh_*.vim ftplugin/sh/*.vim
 
-func SetBashFt()
-  au! bash_filetype
-  set ft=sh
-endfunc
+" vim: ts=8

runtime/ftplugin/j.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	J
-" Maintainer:	David Bürgin <676c7473@gmail.com>
-" URL:		https://github.com/glts/vim-j
-" Last Change:	2015-09-27
+" Maintainer:	David Bürgin <dbuergin@gluet.ch>
+" URL:		https://gitlab.com/glts/vim-j
+" Last Change:	2015-10-27
 
 if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
   finish
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ setlocal include=\\v^\\s*(load\|require)\\s*'\\zs\\f+\\ze'
 setlocal includeexpr=substitute(substitute(tr(v:fname,'\\','/'),'\\v^[^~][^/.]*(/[^/.]+)$','&\\1',''),'\\v^\\~[^/]+/','','')
 setlocal suffixesadd=.ijs
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal matchpairs< formatoptions< commentstring< comments< iskeyword< path< include< includeexpr< suffixesadd<'
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal suffixesadd< includeexpr< include< path< matchpairs< formatoptions< commentstring< comments< iskeyword<'
 
 " Section movement with ]] ][ [[ []. The start/end patterns below are amended
 " inside the function in order to avoid matching on the current cursor line.

runtime/ftplugin/javascriptreact.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+" Placeholder for backwards compatilibity: .jsx used to stand for JavaScript.
+runtime! ftplugin/javascript.vim

runtime/ftplugin/jproperties.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	Java properties file
-" Maintainer:	David Bürgin <676c7473@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2013-11-19
+" Maintainer:	None
+" Last Change:	2019 Dec 01
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish

runtime/ftplugin/man.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	man
 " Maintainer:	SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 	2019 Jul 22
+" Last Change: 	2019 Sep 26
 "		(fix by Jason Franklin)
 
 " To make the ":Man" command available before editing a manual page, source
@@ -132,11 +132,17 @@ func <SID>GetPage(cmdmods, ...)
     let page = expand('<cword>')
   endif
 
-  if sect != "" && s:FindPage(sect, page) == 0
-    let sect = ""
+  if !exists('g:ft_man_no_sect_fallback') || (g:ft_man_no_sect_fallback == 0)
+    if sect != "" && s:FindPage(sect, page) == 0
+      let sect = ""
+    endif
   endif
   if s:FindPage(sect, page) == 0
-    echo "\nCannot find a '".page."'."
+    let msg = "\nNo manual entry for ".page
+    if sect != ""
+      let msg .= " in section ".sect
+    endif
+    echo msg
     return
   endif
   exec "let s:man_tag_buf_".s:man_tag_depth." = ".bufnr("%")

runtime/ftplugin/matlab.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	matlab
 " Maintainer:	Jake Wasserman <jwasserman at gmail dot com>
-" Last Changed: 2014 Dec 30
+" Last Change: 	2019 Sep 27
 
 " Contributors:
 " Charles Campbell
@@ -24,8 +24,9 @@ endif
 
 setlocal suffixesadd=.m
 setlocal suffixes+=.asv
+setlocal commentstring=%\ %s
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal suffixesadd< suffixes< "
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal suffixesadd< suffixes< commentstring< "
 	\ . "| unlet! b:match_words"
 
 let &cpo = s:save_cpo

runtime/ftplugin/meson.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	meson
+" License:	VIM License
+" Original Author:	Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+" Last Change:		2018 Nov 27
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
+setlocal comments=:#
+
+setlocal shiftwidth=2
+setlocal softtabstop=2
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/ftplugin/scheme.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language: Scheme (R7RS)
-" Last Change: 2018-03-05
+" Last Change: 2019 Nov 18
 " Author: Evan Hanson <evhan@foldling.org>
 " Maintainer: Evan Hanson <evhan@foldling.org>
 " Previous Maintainer: Sergey Khorev <sergey.khorev@gmail.com>
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ setl iskeyword=33,35-39,42-43,45-58,60-90,94,95,97-122,126
 
 let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl lisp< comments< commentstring< define< iskeyword<'
 
-setl lispwords=case
+setl lispwords+=case
 setl lispwords+=define
 setl lispwords+=define-record-type
 setl lispwords+=define-syntax

runtime/gvim.desktop

@@ -4,16 +4,25 @@
 # Translators: This is the Application Name used in the GVim desktop file
 Name[de]=GVim
 Name[eo]=GVim
+Name[ru]=GVim
+Name[sr]=GVim
+Name[tr]=GVim
 Name=GVim
 # Translators: This is the Generic Application Name used in the Vim desktop file
 GenericName[de]=Texteditor
 GenericName[eo]=Tekstoredaktilo
 GenericName[ja]=テキストエディタ
+GenericName[ru]=Текстовый редактор
+GenericName[sr]=Текст Едитор
+GenericName[tr]=Metin Düzenleyici
 GenericName=Text Editor
 # Translators: This is the comment used in the Vim desktop file
 Comment[de]=Textdateien bearbeiten
 Comment[eo]=Redakti tekstajn dosierojn
 Comment[ja]=テキストファイルを編集します
+Comment[ru]=Редактирование текстовых файлов
+Comment[sr]=Уређивање текст фајлова
+Comment[tr]=Metin dosyaları düzenleyin
 Comment=Edit text files
 # The translations should come from the po file. Leave them here for now, they will
 # be overwritten by the po file when generating the desktop.file!
@@ -71,17 +80,14 @@ Comment[pl]=Edytuj pliki tekstowe
 Comment[pt]=Editar ficheiros de texto
 Comment[pt_BR]=Edite arquivos de texto
 Comment[ro]=Editare fişiere text
-Comment[ru]=Редактор текстовых файлов
 Comment[sk]=Úprava textových súborov
 Comment[sl]=Urejanje datotek z besedili
 Comment[sq]=Përpuno files teksti
-Comment[sr]=Измени текстуалне датотеке
 Comment[sr@Latn]=Izmeni tekstualne datoteke
 Comment[sv]=Redigera textfiler
 Comment[ta]=உரை கோப்புகளை தொகுக்கவும்
 Comment[th]=แก้ไขแฟ้มข้อความ
 Comment[tk]=Metin faýllary editle
-Comment[tr]=Metin dosyalarını düzenle
 Comment[uk]=Редактор текстових файлів
 Comment[vi]=Soạn thảo tập tin văn bản
 Comment[wa]=Asspougnî des fitchîs tecses
@@ -95,10 +101,15 @@ Type=Application
 Keywords[de]=Text;Editor;
 Keywords[eo]=Teksto;redaktilo;
 Keywords[ja]=テキスト;エディタ;
+Keywords[ru]=текст;текстовый редактор;
+Keywords[sr]=Текст;едитор;
+Keywords[tr]=Metin;düzenleyici;
 Keywords=Text;editor;
 # Translators: This is the Icon file name. Do NOT translate
 Icon[de]=gvim
 Icon[eo]=gvim
+Icon[ru]=gvim
+Icon[sr]=gvim
 Icon=gvim
 Categories=Utility;TextEditor;
 StartupNotify=true

runtime/indent/bash.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:	bash
+" Maintainer:	Bram
+" Last Change:	2019 Sep 27
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+   finish
+endif
+
+" The actual indenting is in sh.vim and controlled by buffer-local variables.
+unlet! b:is_sh
+unlet! b:is_kornshell
+let b:is_bash = 1
+
+runtime! indent/sh.vim
+
+" vim: ts=8

runtime/indent/j.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	J
-" Maintainer:	David Bürgin <676c7473@gmail.com>
-" URL:		https://github.com/glts/vim-j
+" Maintainer:	David Bürgin <dbuergin@gluet.ch>
+" URL:		https://gitlab.com/glts/vim-j
 " Last Change:	2015-01-11
 
 if exists('b:did_indent')

runtime/indent/javascriptreact.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+" Placeholder for backwards compatilibity: .jsx used to stand for JavaScript.
+runtime! indent/javascript.vim

runtime/indent/meson.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:		Meson
+" License:		VIM License
+" Maintainer:		Nirbheek Chauhan <nirbheek.chauhan@gmail.com>
+" Original Authors:	David Bustos <bustos@caltech.edu>
+"			Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
+" Last Change:		2019 Oct 18
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+" Some preliminary settings
+setlocal nolisp		" Make sure lisp indenting doesn't supersede us
+setlocal autoindent	" indentexpr isn't much help otherwise
+
+setlocal indentexpr=GetMesonIndent(v:lnum)
+setlocal indentkeys+==elif,=else,=endforeach,=endif,0)
+
+" Only define the function once.
+if exists("*GetMesonIndent")
+  finish
+endif
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" Come here when loading the script the first time.
+
+let s:maxoff = 50	" maximum number of lines to look backwards for ()
+
+function GetMesonIndent(lnum)
+  echom getline(line("."))
+
+  " If this line is explicitly joined: If the previous line was also joined,
+  " line it up with that one, otherwise add two 'shiftwidth'
+  if getline(a:lnum - 1) =~ '\\$'
+    if a:lnum > 1 && getline(a:lnum - 2) =~ '\\$'
+      return indent(a:lnum - 1)
+    endif
+    return indent(a:lnum - 1) + (exists("g:mesonindent_continue") ? eval(g:mesonindent_continue) : (shiftwidth() * 2))
+  endif
+
+  " If the start of the line is in a string don't change the indent.
+  if has('syntax_items')
+	\ && synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, 1, 1), "name") =~ "String$"
+    return -1
+  endif
+
+  " Search backwards for the previous non-empty line.
+  let plnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
+
+  if plnum == 0
+    " This is the first non-empty line, use zero indent.
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  " If the previous line is inside parenthesis, use the indent of the starting
+  " line.
+  " Trick: use the non-existing "dummy" variable to break out of the loop when
+  " going too far back.
+  call cursor(plnum, 1)
+  let parlnum = searchpair('(\|{\|\[', '', ')\|}\|\]', 'nbW',
+	  \ "line('.') < " . (plnum - s:maxoff) . " ? dummy :"
+	  \ . " synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 1), 'name')"
+	  \ . " =~ '\\(Comment\\|Todo\\|String\\)$'")
+  if parlnum > 0
+    let plindent = indent(parlnum)
+    let plnumstart = parlnum
+  else
+    let plindent = indent(plnum)
+    let plnumstart = plnum
+  endif
+
+
+  " When inside parenthesis: If at the first line below the parenthesis add
+  " a 'shiftwidth', otherwise same as previous line.
+  " i = (a
+  "       + b
+  "       + c)
+  call cursor(a:lnum, 1)
+  let p = searchpair('(\|{\|\[', '', ')\|}\|\]', 'bW',
+	  \ "line('.') < " . (a:lnum - s:maxoff) . " ? dummy :"
+	  \ . " synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 1), 'name')"
+	  \ . " =~ '\\(Comment\\|Todo\\|String\\)$'")
+  if p > 0
+    if p == plnum
+      " When the start is inside parenthesis, only indent one 'shiftwidth'.
+      let pp = searchpair('(\|{\|\[', '', ')\|}\|\]', 'bW',
+	  \ "line('.') < " . (a:lnum - s:maxoff) . " ? dummy :"
+	  \ . " synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 1), 'name')"
+	  \ . " =~ '\\(Comment\\|Todo\\|String\\)$'")
+      if pp > 0
+	return indent(plnum) + (exists("g:pyindent_nested_paren") ? eval(g:pyindent_nested_paren) : shiftwidth())
+      endif
+      return indent(plnum) + (exists("g:pyindent_open_paren") ? eval(g:pyindent_open_paren) : shiftwidth())
+    endif
+    if plnumstart == p
+      return indent(plnum)
+    endif
+    return plindent
+  endif
+
+
+  " Get the line and remove a trailing comment.
+  " Use syntax highlighting attributes when possible.
+  let pline = getline(plnum)
+  let pline_len = strlen(pline)
+  if has('syntax_items')
+    " If the last character in the line is a comment, do a binary search for
+    " the start of the comment.  synID() is slow, a linear search would take
+    " too long on a long line.
+    if synIDattr(synID(plnum, pline_len, 1), "name") =~ "\\(Comment\\|Todo\\)$"
+      let min = 1
+      let max = pline_len
+      while min < max
+	let col = (min + max) / 2
+	if synIDattr(synID(plnum, col, 1), "name") =~ "\\(Comment\\|Todo\\)$"
+	  let max = col
+	else
+	  let min = col + 1
+	endif
+      endwhile
+      let pline = strpart(pline, 0, min - 1)
+    endif
+  else
+    let col = 0
+    while col < pline_len
+      if pline[col] == '#'
+	let pline = strpart(pline, 0, col)
+	break
+      endif
+      let col = col + 1
+    endwhile
+  endif
+
+  " If the previous line ended the conditional/loop
+  if getline(plnum) =~ '^\s*\(endif\|endforeach\)\>\s*'
+    " Maintain indent
+    return -1
+  endif
+
+  " If the previous line ended with a builtin, indent this line
+  if pline =~ '^\s*\(foreach\|if\|else\|elif\)\>\s*'
+    return plindent + shiftwidth()
+  endif
+
+  " If the current line begins with a header keyword, deindent
+  if getline(a:lnum) =~ '^\s*\(else\|elif\|endif\|endforeach\)'
+
+    " Unless the previous line was a one-liner
+    if getline(plnumstart) =~ '^\s*\(foreach\|if\)\>\s*'
+      return plindent
+    endif
+
+    " Or the user has already dedented
+    if indent(a:lnum) <= plindent - shiftwidth()
+      return -1
+    endif
+
+    return plindent - shiftwidth()
+  endif
+
+  " When after a () construct we probably want to go back to the start line.
+  " a = (b
+  "       + c)
+  " here
+  if parlnum > 0
+    return plindent
+  endif
+
+  return -1
+
+endfunction
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
+" vim:sw=2

runtime/indent/sh.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:          Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 " Original Author:     Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
 " Previous Maintainer: Peter Aronoff <telemachus@arpinum.org>
-" Latest Revision:     2019-07-26
+" Latest Revision:     2019-10-24
 " License:             Vim (see :h license)
 " Repository:          https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-sh-indent
 " Changelog:
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ function! GetShIndent()
   " TODO: should we do the same for other "end" lines?
   if curline =~ '^\s*\%(fi\);\?\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
     let ind = indent(v:lnum)
-    let previous_line = searchpair('\<if\>', '', '\<fi\>\zs', 'bnW', 'synIDattr(synID(line("."),col("."), 1),"name") =~? "comment"')
+    let previous_line = searchpair('\<if\>', '', '\<fi\>\zs', 'bnW', 'synIDattr(synID(line("."),col("."), 1),"name") =~? "comment\\|quote"')
     if previous_line > 0
       let ind = indent(previous_line)
     endif
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ endfunction
 function! s:is_function_definition(line)
   return a:line =~ '^\s*\<\k\+\>\s*()\s*{' ||
        \ a:line =~ '^\s*{' ||
-       \ a:line =~ '^\s*function\s*\w\S\+\s*\%(()\)\?\s*{'
+       \ a:line =~ '^\s*function\s*\k\+\s*\%(()\)\?\s*{'
 endfunction
 
 function! s:is_array(line)

runtime/indent/systemverilog.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:    SystemVerilog
 " Maintainer:  kocha <kocha.lsifrontend@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 12-Aug-2013. 
+" Last Change: 05-Feb-2017 by Bilal Wasim
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ function SystemVerilogIndent()
 
   " Indent after if/else/for/case/always/initial/specify/fork blocks
   elseif last_line =~ '`\@<!\<\(if\|else\)\>' ||
-    \ last_line =~ '^\s*\<\(for\|case\%[[zx]]\|do\|foreach\|randcase\)\>' ||
+    \ last_line =~ '^\s*\<\(for\|case\%[[zx]]\|do\|foreach\|forever\|randcase\)\>' ||
     \ last_line =~ '^\s*\<\(always\|always_comb\|always_ff\|always_latch\)\>' ||
     \ last_line =~ '^\s*\<\(initial\|specify\|fork\|final\)\>'
     if last_line !~ '\(;\|\<end\>\)\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' ||
@@ -129,9 +129,9 @@ function SystemVerilogIndent()
   " De-indent for the end of one-line block
   elseif ( last_line !~ '\<begin\>' ||
     \ last_line =~ '\(//\|/\*\).*\<begin\>' ) &&
-    \ last_line2 =~ '\<\(`\@<!if\|`\@<!else\|for\|always\|initial\|do\|foreach\|final\)\>.*' .
+    \ last_line2 =~ '\<\(`\@<!if\|`\@<!else\|for\|always\|initial\|do\|foreach\|forever\|final\)\>.*' .
       \ sv_comment . '*$' &&
-    \ last_line2 !~ '\(//\|/\*\).*\<\(`\@<!if\|`\@<!else\|for\|always\|initial\|do\|foreach\|final\)\>' &&
+    \ last_line2 !~ '\(//\|/\*\).*\<\(`\@<!if\|`\@<!else\|for\|always\|initial\|do\|foreach\|forever\|final\)\>' &&
     \ last_line2 !~ sv_openstat . '\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' &&
     \ ( last_line2 !~ '\<begin\>' ||
     \ last_line2 =~ '\(//\|/\*\).*\<begin\>' )
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ function SystemVerilogIndent()
       \ last_line !~ '^\s*\<\(property\|checker\|program\)\>' &&
       \ last_line !~ '^\s*\()*\s*;\|)\+\)\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' &&
       \ ( last_line =~
-      \ '\<\(`\@<!if\|`\@<!else\|for\|case\%[[zx]]\|always\|initial\|do\|foreach\|randcase\|final\)\>' ||
+      \ '\<\(`\@<!if\|`\@<!else\|for\|case\%[[zx]]\|always\|initial\|do\|foreach\|forever\|randcase\|final\)\>' ||
       \ last_line =~ ')\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' ||
       \ last_line =~ sv_openstat . '\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' )
       let ind = ind - offset
@@ -227,4 +227,4 @@ endfunction
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save
 
-" vim:sw=2
+" vim:sw=2

runtime/indent/tcl.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	    	Tcl
-" Previous Maintainer:	Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
 " Latest Update:  	Chris Heithoff <chrisheithoff@gmail.com>
-" Latest Revision:  	2018-12-05
+" Previous Maintainer:	Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Latest Revision:      2018-12-05
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish

runtime/indent/testdir/runtest.vim

@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ func HandleSwapExists()
   endif
 endfunc
 
+let failed_count = 0
 for fname in glob('testdir/*.in', 1, 1)
   let root = substitute(fname, '\.in', '', '')
 
@@ -110,6 +111,7 @@ for fname in glob('testdir/*.in', 1, 1)
     endif
 
     if failed
+      let failed_count += 1
       exe 'write ' . root . '.fail'
       echoerr 'Test ' . fname . ' FAILED!'
     else
@@ -123,4 +125,8 @@ endfor
 " Matching "if 1" at the start.
 endif
 
+if failed_count > 0
+  " have make report an error
+  cquit
+endif
 qall!

runtime/indent/testdir/vim.in

@@ -44,3 +44,18 @@ let f = x
 " prev-line
 endfunc
 " END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
+let a =<< END
+nothing
+END
+" END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
+" INDENT_AT  this-line
+let a=<< trim END
+   blah
+      blah
+      blah this-line
+END
+" END_INDENT

runtime/indent/testdir/vim.ok

@@ -44,3 +44,18 @@ func Some()
 " prev-line
 endfunc
 " END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
+let a =<< END
+    nothing
+END
+" END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
+" INDENT_AT  this-line
+let a=<< trim END
+   blah
+      blah
+      blah this-line
+END
+" END_INDENT

runtime/indent/testdir/yaml.in

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# vim: set ft=yaml sw=2 et :
+
+# START_INDENT
+map1:
+sub1:
+- list item
+map2:
+- another list
+# END_INDENT
+
+# START_INDENT
+map: &anchor
+map: val
+# END_INDENT

runtime/indent/testdir/yaml.ok

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# vim: set ft=yaml sw=2 et :
+
+# START_INDENT
+map1:
+  sub1:
+    - list item
+map2:
+  - another list
+# END_INDENT
+
+# START_INDENT
+map: &anchor
+map: val
+# END_INDENT

runtime/indent/typescript.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language: TypeScript
 " Maintainer: See https://github.com/HerringtonDarkholme/yats.vim
-" Last Change: 2019 Jun 06
+" Last Change: 2019 Oct 18
 " Acknowledgement: Based off of vim-ruby maintained by Nikolai Weibull http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
 
 " 0. Initialization {{{1
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save
 
 function! Fixedgq(lnum, count)
-    let l:tw = &tw ? &tw : 80;
+    let l:tw = &tw ? &tw : 80
 
     let l:count = a:count
     let l:first_char = indent(a:lnum) + 1